1 #LyX 1.5.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
24 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
25 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
27 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
28 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
29 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
32 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
33 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
34 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
35 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
36 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
37 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
38 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
39 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
40 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
42 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
44 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
45 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
47 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
49 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
50 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
51 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
54 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
58 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
59 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
60 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
63 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
64 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
66 % redefine the greyed out note
67 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
68 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
70 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
75 \font_typewriter default
76 \font_default_family default
90 \paperorientation portrait
101 \paragraph_separation indent
103 \quotes_language english
106 \paperpagestyle default
107 \tracking_changes false
108 \output_changes false
124 \begin_layout Standard
126 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
129 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
141 \begin_layout Standard
142 \begin_inset Note Note
145 \begin_layout Standard
146 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
153 \begin_layout Standard
154 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
170 \begin_layout Chapter
174 \begin_layout Section
178 \begin_layout Standard
179 LyX is a document preparation system.
180 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
181 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
182 It is unlike most other
183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
192 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
204 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
209 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
213 \begin_layout Standard
214 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
231 \begin_layout Standard
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
244 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
245 the format of all of the manuals.
246 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
247 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
264 \begin_layout Section
268 \begin_layout Standard
269 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
271 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
272 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
274 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
296 \begin_layout Standard
297 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
298 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
299 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
301 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
302 only a vertical scrollbar.
303 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
304 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
305 This, however, is due
306 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
307 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
308 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
309 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
311 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
312 this doesn't work for equations yet.
315 \begin_layout Standard
316 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
317 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
319 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
350 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
359 without resorting to configuration files.
360 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
361 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
362 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
373 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
374 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
375 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
376 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
378 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
383 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
387 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
390 \begin_layout Section
392 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
393 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
400 \begin_layout Standard
401 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
402 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
410 \begin_layout Standard
422 that will be created when using the menu
424 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
429 \begin_layout Standard
440 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
441 \begin_inset Note Note
444 \begin_layout Standard
445 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
453 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
454 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
456 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
461 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
463 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
464 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
474 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
475 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
482 \begin_layout Chapter
486 \begin_layout Section
487 Basic File Operations
488 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
489 name "File Operations"
496 \begin_layout Standard
501 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
505 \begin_layout Itemize
511 \begin_layout Itemize
523 \begin_layout Itemize
529 \begin_layout Itemize
535 \begin_layout Itemize
541 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
556 \begin_layout Itemize
563 \begin_layout Itemize
569 \begin_layout Itemize
575 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
587 \begin_layout Standard
588 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
589 a few minor differences.
592 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
601 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
602 you for a template to use.
603 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
604 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
605 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
606 (see section\InsetSpace ~
608 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
609 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
616 \begin_layout Standard
618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
641 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
642 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
645 \begin_layout Standard
657 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
661 \begin_layout Standard
662 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
681 will reload the document from disk.
682 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
683 and want to restore it to the last save.
689 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
690 can identify this as your changes.
693 \begin_layout Section
694 Basic Editing Features
695 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
701 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
702 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
709 \begin_layout Standard
710 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
711 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
712 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
713 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
715 We'll start with cut and paste.
718 \begin_layout Standard
719 As you might expect, the
723 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
724 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
728 \begin_layout Itemize
734 \begin_layout Itemize
740 \begin_layout Itemize
746 \begin_layout Itemize
753 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
768 \begin_layout Standard
769 The first three are self-explanatory.
770 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
771 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
780 keys also functions as the
785 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
786 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
787 it with what you just typed.
792 to get back the lost text.
795 \begin_layout Standard
796 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
802 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
805 \begin_layout Standard
808 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
810 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
812 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
815 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
821 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
827 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
828 will start a new paragraph.
831 \begin_layout Standard
832 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
833 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
839 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
851 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
856 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
867 button to skip the current word.
873 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
879 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
881 If the toggle is set, searching for
882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
893 will not match the word
894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
908 Match whole words only
910 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
938 \begin_layout Section
940 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
946 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
952 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
953 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
962 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
968 to undo some mistake.
969 If you accidentally undo too much, use
971 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
982 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
987 \begin_layout Standard
988 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
989 it was last saved, the
990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
997 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
998 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1001 \begin_layout Standard
1010 work on almost everything in LyX.
1011 They have some quirks, too.
1020 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1021 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1029 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1030 surely appreciate how it works.
1033 \begin_layout Section
1035 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1036 name "Mouse Operations"
1043 \begin_layout Standard
1044 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1047 \begin_layout Enumerate
1052 \begin_layout Itemize
1057 once anywhere in the edit window.
1058 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1062 \begin_layout Enumerate
1067 \begin_layout Itemize
1073 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1079 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1082 \begin_layout Itemize
1083 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1085 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1092 \begin_layout Enumerate
1093 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1097 \begin_layout Standard
1102 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1103 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1104 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1108 \begin_layout Enumerate
1113 \begin_layout Standard
1118 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1123 \begin_layout Section
1125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1126 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1131 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1139 \begin_layout Standard
1140 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1141 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1143 LyX's default is CUA.
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1173 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1177 \begin_layout Labeling
1178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1182 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1184 description "Tabulator key"
1190 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1191 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1193 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1194 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1199 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1200 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1204 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1206 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1207 reference "sub:Lists"
1213 If you're still confused, look in the
1220 \begin_layout Labeling
1221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1225 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1227 description "Escape key"
1234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1241 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1242 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1245 \begin_layout Labeling
1246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1257 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1258 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1262 \begin_layout Standard
1263 There are three modifier keys:
1266 \begin_layout Labeling
1267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1287 description "Control key"
1291 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1292 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1296 \begin_layout Itemize
1305 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1308 \begin_layout Itemize
1317 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1320 \begin_layout Itemize
1329 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1333 \begin_layout Labeling
1334 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1352 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1354 description "Shift key"
1358 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1359 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1362 \begin_layout Labeling
1363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1381 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
1383 description "Meta or Alt key"
1387 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1388 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1389 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1395 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1397 menu accelerator keys
1400 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1401 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1405 \begin_layout Standard
1406 For example, the sequence
1407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1458 \begin_layout Standard
1459 There are also other things bound to the
1463 key, but you'll have to check in the
1475 \begin_layout Standard
1476 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1477 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1478 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1479 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1480 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1481 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1482 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1498 followed by a capital
1504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1522 \begin_layout Chapter
1524 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1532 \begin_layout Section
1534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1535 name "Document ! Types"
1542 \begin_layout Subsection
1546 \begin_layout Standard
1547 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1548 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1549 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1550 numbering schemes, and so on.
1551 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1552 and format the title of your document differently.
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1560 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1561 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1562 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1563 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1564 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1567 \begin_layout Standard
1568 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1569 how to adjust their properties.
1572 \begin_layout Subsection
1574 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1575 name "Document ! Classes"
1580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1581 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1588 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1592 \begin_layout Standard
1593 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1597 \begin_layout Description
1598 Article for basic articles
1601 \begin_layout Description
1602 Report for basic reports
1605 \begin_layout Description
1606 Book for writing a book
1609 \begin_layout Description
1610 Letter for US-style letters
1613 \begin_layout Standard
1614 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1616 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1617 can be found in chapter
1619 Special Document Classes
1628 \begin_layout Description
1629 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1632 \begin_layout Description
1639 \begin_layout Standard
1648 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1652 \begin_layout Description
1653 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1654 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1655 There are three article layouts available.
1656 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1657 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1658 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1659 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 sequential numbering
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1668 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1669 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1670 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1671 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1674 \begin_layout Description
1675 Beamer Layout for presentations
1678 \begin_layout Description
1679 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1680 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1684 \begin_layout Description
1685 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1686 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1689 \begin_layout Description
1690 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1693 \begin_layout Description
1696 Die TeXnische Komödie
1698 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1701 \begin_layout Description
1702 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1705 \begin_layout Description
1706 Foils Used to make transparencies
1709 \begin_layout Description
1710 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1713 \begin_layout Description
1714 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1715 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1719 \begin_layout Description
1720 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1721 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1724 \begin_layout Description
1725 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1728 \begin_layout Description
1729 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1732 \begin_layout Description
1733 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1734 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1737 \begin_layout Description
1738 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1741 \begin_layout Description
1746 LaTeX document class
1749 \begin_layout Description
1750 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1753 \begin_layout Description
1758 \begin_layout Standard
1765 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1766 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1768 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1771 \begin_layout Description
1772 Slides Used to make transparencies
1775 \begin_layout Description
1777 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1778 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1781 \begin_layout Description
1782 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1785 \begin_layout Description
1790 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1793 \begin_layout Standard
1794 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1796 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1801 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1802 of the document classes.
1805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 You can select a class using the
1812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1814 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
1815 name "Document ! Settings"
1822 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1830 \begin_layout Standard
1831 Each class has a default set of options.
1832 Here's a quick table describing them:
1835 \begin_layout Standard
1836 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1844 \begin_inset Tabular
1845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1852 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1856 \begin_layout Standard
1862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1865 \begin_layout Standard
1880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1883 \begin_layout Standard
1898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1901 \begin_layout Standard
1916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1935 <row topline="true">
1936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1939 \begin_layout Standard
1953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1956 \begin_layout Standard
1971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1974 \begin_layout Standard
1989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1992 \begin_layout Standard
2007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2010 \begin_layout Standard
2026 <row topline="true">
2027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2047 \begin_layout Standard
2062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2065 \begin_layout Standard
2080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2083 \begin_layout Standard
2098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2101 \begin_layout Standard
2117 <row topline="true">
2118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2121 \begin_layout Standard
2135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2138 \begin_layout Standard
2153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2156 \begin_layout Standard
2171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2174 \begin_layout Standard
2189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2208 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2212 \begin_layout Standard
2226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2247 \begin_layout Standard
2262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2265 \begin_layout Standard
2280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2312 \begin_layout Standard
2313 You're probably also wondering what
2314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2323 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2324 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2329 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2334 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2344 headings, there are also
2352 headings, and so on.
2353 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2355 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2356 reference "sub:Headings"
2363 \begin_layout Subsection
2365 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2366 name "Document ! Layout"
2371 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2372 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2379 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2380 name "Document ! Settings"
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2390 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2400 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2403 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2405 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2406 to use for your document.
2407 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2411 \begin_layout Standard
2421 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2422 You can choose between the following five options:
2425 \begin_layout Labeling
2426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2431 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2434 \begin_layout Labeling
2435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2440 No page numbers or headings.
2443 \begin_layout Labeling
2444 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2452 \begin_layout Labeling
2453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2458 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2459 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2460 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2463 \begin_layout Labeling
2464 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2469 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2473 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2474 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
2481 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2482 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2484 Check the documentation for the
2488 package for more details,
2489 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
2497 \begin_layout Standard
2502 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2504 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2505 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2512 \begin_layout Subsection
2513 Paper Size and Orientation
2514 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2515 name "Document ! Paper size"
2520 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2521 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2528 \begin_layout Standard
2529 You'll find the following options in the menu
2534 of the dialog of the
2536 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2542 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2543 name "Document ! Settings"
2550 \begin_layout Labeling
2551 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2556 What size paper to print on.
2560 \begin_layout Itemize
2566 \begin_layout Itemize
2576 \begin_layout Itemize
2582 \begin_layout Itemize
2588 \begin_layout Itemize
2594 \begin_layout Itemize
2600 \begin_layout Itemize
2606 \begin_layout Labeling
2607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2612 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2623 \begin_layout Labeling
2624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2627 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2630 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2631 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2634 \begin_layout Subsection
2636 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2637 name "Document ! Margins"
2642 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2648 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2656 \begin_layout Standard
2657 Paper margins are set in the menu
2659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2665 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2666 name "Document ! Settings"
2673 \begin_layout Standard
2674 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2675 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2676 the paper format and the font size into account.
2679 \begin_layout Subsection
2683 \begin_layout Standard
2684 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2689 That includes the paragraph environments.
2690 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2691 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2692 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2693 paragraph environments to
2697 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2698 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2699 the conversion and why it failed.
2702 \begin_layout Section
2703 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2704 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2705 name "Paragraph ! Indentation"
2712 \begin_layout Subsection
2714 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2715 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2722 \begin_layout Standard
2723 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2724 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2727 \begin_layout Standard
2728 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2729 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2730 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2731 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2735 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2741 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2742 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2743 language than English.
2744 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
2747 \begin_layout Standard
2748 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
2749 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
2751 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
2752 LyX takes care of that.
2753 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
2755 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
2756 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
2757 of a page, and so on.
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
2767 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
2768 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
2772 of these pre-coded spacings.
2773 We'll explain more later.
2776 \begin_layout Subsection
2777 Paragraph Separation
2778 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2779 name "Paragraph ! Separation"
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 To separate paragraphs, select
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2804 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2805 name "Document ! Settings"
2811 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
2812 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
2813 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
2816 \begin_layout Standard
2826 \begin_layout Standard
2827 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
2829 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
2830 reference "cap:Units"
2835 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
2839 \begin_layout Subsection
2843 \begin_layout Standard
2844 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
2847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2848 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
2851 dialog and toggle the
2856 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
2857 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
2858 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
2862 \begin_layout Standard
2863 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
2864 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
2867 \begin_layout Subsection
2869 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2870 name "Paragraph ! Line spacing"
2877 \begin_layout Standard
2880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2882 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2883 name "Document ! Settings"
2889 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
2898 \begin_layout Standard
2899 You need to have the LaTeX-package
2902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2903 name "LaTeX-packages ! setspace"
2909 installed to use this feature.
2917 \begin_layout Section
2918 Paragraph Environments
2919 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2920 name "Paragraph ! Environments"
2925 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2926 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2931 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
2932 name "Paragraph environments|("
2939 \begin_layout Subsection
2943 \begin_layout Standard
2944 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
2947 \begin_layout Standard
2967 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
2968 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
2969 alien to you, we urge you to read the
2978 also contains many more examples than this section does.
2981 \begin_layout Standard
2982 A paragraph environment is simply a
2983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2990 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
2991 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
2992 scheme, labels, and so on.
2993 Additionally, you can
2994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3001 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3002 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3003 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3004 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3005 days of typewriters.
3006 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3008 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3011 \begin_layout Standard
3012 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3014 LyX will change the environment of the
3018 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3019 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3020 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3024 \begin_layout Standard
3033 create a new paragraph using the
3037 paragraph environment.
3039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3046 because if you are in one of these environments:
3049 \begin_layout Itemize
3055 \begin_layout Itemize
3061 \begin_layout Itemize
3067 \begin_layout Itemize
3073 \begin_layout Itemize
3079 \begin_layout Itemize
3085 \begin_layout Itemize
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3096 , rather than resetting it to
3101 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3102 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3103 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3105 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3106 reference "sec:Nesting"
3111 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3116 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3117 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3125 \begin_layout Subsection
3129 \begin_layout Standard
3130 The default paragraph environment is
3135 It creates a plain paragraph.
3136 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3137 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3138 this manual) are in the
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3146 You can nest a paragraph using the
3150 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3158 \begin_layout Subsection
3160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3161 name "Document !Title"
3168 \begin_layout Standard
3169 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3178 for thanks or contact information.
3179 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3180 page along with today's date.
3181 For other types of documents, the title
3182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3189 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3193 \begin_layout Standard
3194 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3208 Here's how you use them:
3211 \begin_layout Itemize
3212 Put the title of your document in the
3219 \begin_layout Itemize
3220 Put the author name in the
3227 \begin_layout Itemize
3228 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3229 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3235 Note that using this environment is optional.
3236 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3237 If you don't want any date, add the line
3247 to the preamble of your document (menu
3249 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3256 You can use footnotes to insert
3257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3264 or contact informations.
3267 \begin_layout Subsection
3269 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3270 name "Section headings"
3275 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3283 \begin_layout Standard
3284 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3285 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3290 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3291 name "Section headings ! Numbered"
3298 \begin_layout Standard
3299 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3303 \begin_layout Enumerate
3309 \begin_layout Enumerate
3315 \begin_layout Enumerate
3321 \begin_layout Enumerate
3327 \begin_layout Enumerate
3333 \begin_layout Enumerate
3339 \begin_layout Enumerate
3345 \begin_layout Standard
3346 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3347 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3348 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3351 \begin_layout Standard
3352 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3353 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3354 You group the book into chapters.
3355 LyX does similar grouping:
3358 \begin_layout Itemize
3363 is divided in either
3372 \begin_layout Itemize
3384 \begin_layout Itemize
3396 \begin_layout Itemize
3408 \begin_layout Itemize
3420 \begin_layout Itemize
3432 \begin_layout Standard
3433 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3436 \begin_layout Standard
3441 Not all document types use the
3445 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3450 is the top-level heading.
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3463 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3464 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3466 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3480 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3481 name "Section headings ! Unnumbered"
3488 \begin_layout Standard
3489 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3493 \begin_layout Enumerate
3499 \begin_layout Enumerate
3505 \begin_layout Enumerate
3511 \begin_layout Enumerate
3517 \begin_layout Enumerate
3523 \begin_layout Standard
3525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3532 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3533 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3534 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3536 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
3544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3545 Changing the Numbering
3546 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3554 \begin_layout Standard
3555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3556 in the Table of Contents.
3557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3559 Certain classes start with
3573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3583 This is something you can change.
3586 \begin_layout Standard
3589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3596 name "Document ! Settings"
3604 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3608 you'll see two counters.
3613 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3615 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3619 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3620 Short Titles of Headings
3621 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3622 name "Section headings ! Short titles"
3630 \begin_layout Standard
3637 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3638 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3645 \begin_layout Standard
3646 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3647 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3648 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3649 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3652 \begin_layout Standard
3653 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3654 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3655 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3656 To specify a short title, use the menu
3658 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3663 This will insert a box labeled
3664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3679 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3680 This also works for captions inside floats.
3683 \begin_layout Standard
3684 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
3687 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3691 \begin_layout Standard
3692 The following information applies to all section headings:
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3696 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
3699 \begin_layout Itemize
3700 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
3703 \begin_layout Itemize
3704 You can only use inline math in these environments.
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3708 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
3711 \begin_layout Subsection
3712 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
3715 \begin_layout Standard
3716 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
3730 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
3731 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
3732 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
3733 the text they contain.
3734 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
3742 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
3755 when you start a new paragraph.
3756 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
3760 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
3761 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
3762 to change back to the
3766 environment yourself.
3769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3779 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3785 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
3795 time for the differences.
3804 are identical except for one difference:
3808 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
3817 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
3820 \begin_layout Standard
3821 Here's an example of the
3834 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
3836 See -- no indentation!
3840 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
3841 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
3842 the other paragraph.
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 Here's another example, this time in the
3853 \begin_layout Quotation
3859 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
3860 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
3861 the first line, then
3865 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
3869 you were quoting other text.
3872 \begin_layout Quotation
3873 Here's a new paragraph.
3874 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
3875 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
3878 \begin_layout Standard
3879 As the examples show,
3883 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
3884 They should put quotes in the
3889 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
3893 paragraph environment for quoted text.
3896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3902 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3903 name "Paragraph ! Verse"
3910 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3916 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3924 \begin_layout Standard
3929 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
3936 Which I did not rehearse!
3940 It could be much worse.
3941 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
3943 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
3944 indented a bit more than the first.
3945 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
3952 And make things look fine
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3966 does not indent both margins.
3967 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
3968 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
3979 \begin_layout Subsection
3981 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
3987 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
3995 \begin_layout Standard
3996 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4006 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4015 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4016 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4017 some general features of all four of them.
4020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4027 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4036 reset the environment to
4040 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4041 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4042 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4047 to break paragraphs.
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4051 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4052 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4054 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4055 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4057 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4058 reference "sec:Nesting"
4066 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4072 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4073 name "Lists ! Itemize"
4078 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4086 \begin_layout Standard
4087 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4091 paragraph environment.
4092 It has the following properties:
4095 \begin_layout Itemize
4096 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4100 \begin_layout Itemize
4101 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4104 \begin_layout Itemize
4105 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4109 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 The items can have any length.
4111 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4112 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4119 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 environment inside another
4128 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4132 \begin_layout Itemize
4133 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4136 \begin_layout Itemize
4137 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4140 \begin_layout Itemize
4141 See section\InsetSpace ~
4143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4144 reference "sec:Nesting"
4148 for a full explanation of nesting.
4152 \begin_layout Standard
4153 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4162 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4165 \begin_layout Standard
4166 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4167 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4168 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4171 \begin_layout Itemize
4172 The label for the first level
4176 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4180 \begin_layout Itemize
4181 The label for the second level is a dash.
4185 \begin_layout Itemize
4186 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4190 \begin_layout Itemize
4191 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Back out to the third level.
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 Back to the second level.
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 Back to the outermost level.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 These are the default labels for an
4215 You can customize these labels in the
4217 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4220 dialog in the submenu
4227 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4228 name "Document ! Settings"
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4237 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4238 in section\InsetSpace ~
4240 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4241 reference "sec:Nesting"
4248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4254 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4255 name "Lists ! Enumerate"
4260 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4261 name "sec:Enumerate"
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4273 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4274 It has these properties:
4277 \begin_layout Enumerate
4278 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4282 \begin_layout Enumerate
4283 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4287 \begin_layout Enumerate
4288 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4291 \begin_layout Enumerate
4296 environment resets the counter to one.
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4314 Items can have any length.
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4321 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4326 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4330 \begin_layout Standard
4339 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4340 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4348 The first level of an
4352 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4356 \begin_layout Enumerate
4357 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4361 \begin_layout Enumerate
4362 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4366 \begin_layout Enumerate
4367 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4370 \begin_layout Enumerate
4371 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4376 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 Back to the third level
4381 \begin_layout Enumerate
4382 Back to the second level.
4386 \begin_layout Enumerate
4387 Back to the outermost level.
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4396 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4401 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4406 There is more to nesting
4410 environments than we've stated here.
4411 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4413 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4414 reference "sec:Nesting"
4418 to learn more about nesting.
4421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4427 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4428 name "Lists ! Description"
4433 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4434 name "sec:Description-List"
4441 \begin_layout Standard
4442 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4446 list has no fixed label.
4447 Instead, LyX uses the first
4448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4455 of the first line as the label.
4459 \begin_layout Description
4460 Example: This is an example of the
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4472 \begin_layout Standard
4474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4481 it is meant that the first hit of the
4485 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4487 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4499 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4500 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4503 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4505 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4506 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4510 for more info.) Here is an example:
4513 \begin_layout Description
4515 Example: This one shows how to use a
4517 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4527 \begin_layout Description
4528 Usage: You should use the
4532 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4533 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4535 It's not a good idea to use a
4539 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4540 You're better off using
4552 paragraphs into them.
4555 \begin_layout Description
4556 Nesting: You can nest
4560 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4564 \begin_layout Standard
4565 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4566 them from the first line.
4569 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4576 name "Lists ! LyX list"
4581 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4594 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4598 \begin_layout Standard
4607 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4608 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4611 \begin_layout Labeling
4612 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4614 labels LyX uses the first
4615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4622 of each line as the item label.
4627 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4628 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4629 blank as described above.
4632 \begin_layout Labeling
4633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4634 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4635 the body of the item text.
4636 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4637 label width plus a little extra space.
4641 \begin_layout Labeling
4642 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4644 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
4646 If the label width is larger, the label
4647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4654 into the first line.
4655 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
4656 margin of the rest of the item text.
4659 \begin_layout Labeling
4660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4661 default\InsetSpace ~
4662 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
4667 environment have the same left margin.
4669 To change the default width, select
4670 all items in the list.
4673 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4674 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
4680 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4683 determines the default label width.
4684 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4693 multiple times instead.
4694 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
4696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4703 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
4705 Longest\InsetSpace ~
4708 every time you alter a label in a
4714 The predefined default width is the length of
4715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4729 \begin_layout Standard
4734 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
4735 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4748 environment the same way like the
4752 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
4758 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
4762 \begin_layout Standard
4767 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4769 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
4770 Read section\InsetSpace ~
4772 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4773 reference "sec:Nesting"
4777 to learn about nesting.
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4781 There is yet another feature of the
4785 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
4787 You can use additional
4791 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
4796 later in section\InsetSpace ~
4798 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4799 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
4804 Here are some examples:
4807 \begin_layout Labeling
4808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4809 Left The default for
4816 \begin_layout Labeling
4817 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4824 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
4827 \begin_layout Labeling
4828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4837 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
4840 \begin_layout Subsection
4842 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
4850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
4875 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
4876 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
4877 In contrast, you can use the
4886 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
4887 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
4891 \begin_layout Standard
4892 Of course, you're not limited to using
4907 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
4908 some European academic papers.
4911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4914 name "sec:Address-Usage"
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4926 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
4927 for the opening and signature in some countries.
4933 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
4934 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
4935 Here's an example of each:
4938 \begin_layout Right Address
4945 When is it? What is today?
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4955 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
4956 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
4957 Here's an example of the
4964 \begin_layout Address
4967 Where do I send this
4969 Your post office and country
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 As you can see, both
4982 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
4987 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
4993 This makes sense, since
5001 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5002 Thus, you have to use
5012 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5013 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5021 menu) to start a new line in an
5033 \begin_layout Subsection
5037 \begin_layout Standard
5038 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5039 or list of references.
5040 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5047 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5060 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5061 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5062 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5063 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5067 in anything else or vice versa.
5073 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5074 The book document classes ignores the
5078 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5082 in a letter document class.
5085 \begin_layout Standard
5090 environment does several things for you.
5091 First, it puts the centered label
5092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5100 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5102 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5103 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5104 the subsequent text.
5105 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5106 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5109 \begin_layout Standard
5110 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5114 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5115 The new paragraph will still be in the
5120 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5121 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5125 \begin_inset Float figure
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5132 \begin_inset Graphics
5133 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 \begin_inset Caption
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5146 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5167 \begin_layout Standard
5168 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5172 environment, but since this document is in the
5173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5180 class, we can't do this.
5181 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5183 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5184 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5189 If you've never heard of an
5190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5197 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5212 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5213 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment is used to list references.
5226 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5227 only use it at the end of the document.
5232 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5235 \begin_layout Standard
5236 When you first open a
5240 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5256 depending on the document class.
5257 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5258 Each paragraph of the
5262 environment is a bibliography entry.
5267 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5268 Each new paragraph is still in the
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5277 in section\InsetSpace ~
5279 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5280 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5287 \begin_layout Subsection
5291 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5292 name "Paragraph ! LyX code"
5297 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5310 environment is another LyX extension.
5311 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5316 key as a fixed whitespace;
5320 \begin_layout Standard
5331 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5334 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5339 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5340 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5358 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5359 So, when you finish using the
5363 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5364 Also, you can nest the
5368 environment inside of others.
5371 \begin_layout Standard
5372 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5375 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5392 \begin_layout Itemize
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5410 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5417 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 \begin_layout Itemize
5427 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5428 You must put at least one
5432 in any line you want blank.
5433 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5441 since that will insert
5446 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5454 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5461 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5465 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5469 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5473 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5477 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5478 printf("Hello World!
5483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5491 \begin_layout Standard
5492 This is just the standard
5493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5509 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5510 rc-files, and so on.
5511 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5512 as if you used a typewriter.
5513 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5514 name "Paragraph environments|)"
5521 \begin_layout Section
5522 Nesting Environments
5523 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5524 name "Nesting ! Environments"
5529 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5537 \begin_layout Subsection
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5542 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5544 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5546 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5548 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 \begin_layout Enumerate
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5583 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5584 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5586 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5592 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5600 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5601 will tell you how far you are nested).
5602 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5603 \begin_inset Graphics
5604 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
5609 \begin_inset Graphics
5610 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
5614 or the convenient key bindings
5622 to change the nesting level.
5623 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
5624 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
5628 \begin_layout Standard
5629 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
5630 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
5631 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
5632 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5636 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
5637 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
5639 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
5642 \begin_layout Subsection
5643 What You Can and Can't Nest
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
5648 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5652 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
5653 complicated than a simple yes or no.
5654 There are three types of paragraph environments:
5657 \begin_layout Itemize
5658 Completely unnestable
5661 \begin_layout Itemize
5662 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
5663 other things inside of them.
5666 \begin_layout Itemize
5667 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5672 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
5673 environments have them:
5676 \begin_layout Description
5677 Unnestable Can't nest them.
5678 Can't nest into them.
5682 \begin_layout Itemize
5688 \begin_layout Itemize
5694 \begin_layout Itemize
5702 \begin_layout Itemize
5708 \begin_layout Itemize
5714 \begin_layout Itemize
5722 \begin_layout Itemize
5728 \begin_layout Itemize
5734 \begin_layout Itemize
5740 \begin_layout Itemize
5746 \begin_layout Itemize
5752 \begin_layout Itemize
5758 \begin_layout Itemize
5764 \begin_layout Itemize
5770 \begin_layout Itemize
5776 \begin_layout Itemize
5782 \begin_layout Itemize
5789 \begin_layout Description
5791 Nestable You can nest them.
5792 You can nest other things into them.
5796 \begin_layout Itemize
5802 \begin_layout Itemize
5808 \begin_layout Itemize
5814 \begin_layout Itemize
5820 \begin_layout Itemize
5826 \begin_layout Itemize
5832 \begin_layout Itemize
5838 \begin_layout Itemize
5845 \begin_layout Description
5846 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
5847 You can't nest anything into them.
5851 \begin_layout Itemize
5857 \begin_layout Itemize
5864 \begin_layout Itemize
5871 \begin_layout Standard
5876 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
5890 \begin_layout Subsection
5891 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
5892 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
5893 name "Nesting ! Tables etc."
5898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5899 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5907 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
5908 affected by nesting anyhow.
5912 \begin_layout Itemize
5916 \begin_layout Itemize
5920 \begin_layout Itemize
5924 \begin_layout Standard
5926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5934 If you put a figure or a table in a
5938 , this is no longer true.
5943 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
5945 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
5946 reference "sec:Floats"
5950 for more informations about
5957 \begin_layout Standard
5958 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
5959 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
5965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5972 of its own, it behaves just like a
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5980 paragraph environment.
5981 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
5985 \begin_layout Standard
5986 Here's an example with a table:
5989 \begin_layout Enumerate
5994 \begin_layout Enumerate
5995 This is (a) and it's nested.
5999 \begin_layout Standard
6000 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6008 \begin_inset Tabular
6009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6013 <row topline="true">
6014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6017 \begin_layout Standard
6032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6035 \begin_layout Standard
6051 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6055 \begin_layout Standard
6070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6073 \begin_layout Standard
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6097 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6104 \begin_layout Enumerate
6106 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6110 \begin_layout Enumerate
6114 \begin_layout Standard
6115 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6118 \begin_layout Enumerate
6123 \begin_layout Enumerate
6124 This is (a) and it's nested.
6128 \begin_layout Standard
6129 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6135 \begin_layout Standard
6137 \begin_inset Tabular
6138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6142 <row topline="true">
6143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6164 \begin_layout Standard
6180 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6202 \begin_layout Standard
6225 \begin_layout Standard
6226 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6232 \begin_layout Enumerate
6239 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6242 \begin_layout Enumerate
6246 \begin_layout Standard
6247 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6251 \begin_layout Standard
6252 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6254 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6257 \begin_layout Enumerate
6262 \begin_layout Enumerate
6263 This is (a) and it's nested.
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6267 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6273 \begin_layout Standard
6275 \begin_inset Tabular
6276 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6279 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6280 <row topline="true">
6281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6318 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6322 \begin_layout Standard
6337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6340 \begin_layout Standard
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6370 \begin_layout Enumerate
6372 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6380 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_layout Standard
6385 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6391 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6392 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6396 \begin_layout Subsection
6397 Usage and General Features
6398 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6399 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6406 \begin_layout Standard
6407 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6416 is the innermost possible depth.
6417 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6420 \begin_layout Enumerate
6421 level #1 - outermost
6425 \begin_layout Enumerate
6430 \begin_layout Enumerate
6435 \begin_layout Enumerate
6440 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6456 both of them in the example.
6457 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6467 For example, if we tried to nest another
6472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6482 \begin_layout Subsection
6484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
6485 name "Nesting ! Examples"
6492 \begin_layout Standard
6493 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6494 We have several examples of nested environments.
6495 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6499 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6500 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6503 \begin_layout Labeling
6504 \labelwidthstring MMM
6505 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6514 \begin_layout Labeling
6515 \labelwidthstring MMM
6516 #2-a This is level #2.
6517 We created it by using
6529 \begin_layout Labeling
6530 \labelwidthstring MMM
6531 #3-a This is level #3.
6532 This time, we just hit
6541 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6559 environment, nested inside of
6560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6568 So, it's at level #4.
6569 We did this by hitting
6577 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6582 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6603 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
6610 \begin_layout Labeling
6611 \labelwidthstring MMM
6612 #4-a This is level #4.
6617 and changed the paragraph environment back to
6622 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
6626 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
6631 keep nesting things inside of
6632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6643 \begin_layout Labeling
6644 \labelwidthstring MMM
6645 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6650 \begin_layout Labeling
6651 \labelwidthstring MMM
6652 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6653 and this is level #6.
6654 By now, you should know how we made these two.
6658 \begin_layout Labeling
6659 \labelwidthstring MMM
6660 #5-b Back to level #5.
6673 \begin_layout Labeling
6674 \labelwidthstring MMM
6683 , we're back at level #4.
6687 \begin_layout Labeling
6688 \labelwidthstring MMM
6689 #3-b Back to level #3.
6690 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
6694 \begin_layout Labeling
6695 \labelwidthstring MMM
6696 #2-b Back to level #2.
6701 \begin_layout Labeling
6702 \labelwidthstring MMM
6703 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
6704 After this sentence, we'll hit
6708 and change the paragraph environment back to
6715 \begin_layout Standard
6716 We could have also used the
6732 environment in place of the
6737 The example would have worked exactly the same.
6740 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6741 Example 2: Inheritance
6744 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6745 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
6748 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6758 , after which, we'll change to the
6766 \begin_layout Enumerate
6771 environment, at level #2.
6774 \begin_layout Enumerate
6775 Notice how the nested
6779 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
6783 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
6787 \begin_layout Standard
6788 We ended this example by hitting
6793 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
6797 and resetting the nesting depth by using
6804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6805 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
6817 \begin_layout Standard
6818 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
6826 \begin_layout Enumerate
6827 This is level #1, in an
6831 paragraph environment.
6832 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6847 Now, what happens if we nest an
6851 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
6852 label be? An asterisk?
6856 \begin_layout Itemize
6866 environment, even though it's at level #3.
6867 So, its label is a bullet.
6868 (We got here by using
6876 , then changing the environment to
6884 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 Here's level #4, produced using
6894 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
6899 \begin_layout Enumerate
6900 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
6902 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
6907 Notice the type of numbering, it is
6911 , because we are in the
6935 \begin_layout Enumerate
6940 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
6941 type of numbering does LyX use?
6944 \begin_layout Enumerate
6945 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
6949 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
6952 \begin_layout Enumerate
6957 to decrease the depth after the next
6965 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 Look what type of label LyX is using!
6971 \begin_layout Enumerate
6973 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
6974 numeral as the label.Why?
6977 \begin_layout Enumerate
6978 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
6987 Notice, however, that LyX
6991 reset the counter for the label.
6995 \begin_layout Enumerate
7004 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7005 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7006 into the twofold-nested
7014 \begin_layout Enumerate
7015 The same thing happens if we do another
7023 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7026 \begin_layout Standard
7027 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7032 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7046 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7052 The same rule applies for the
7056 environment, as well.
7059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7060 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7063 \begin_layout Enumerate
7064 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7065 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7066 same detail with how we did it.
7075 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7080 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7081 example in parentheses someplace.
7082 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7083 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7084 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7088 \begin_layout Enumerate
7093 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7098 Now we'll add verse.
7100 It will get much worse.
7104 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7110 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7112 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7131 \begin_layout Standard
7133 \begin_inset Tabular
7134 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7176 <row topline="true">
7177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7180 \begin_layout Standard
7195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7198 \begin_layout Standard
7225 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7229 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7235 \begin_layout Enumerate
7240 : level #1) This is another item.
7241 Note that selecting a
7245 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7246 3 times to put the table inside the
7254 \begin_layout Quotation
7255 We're now ending the
7259 list and changing to
7264 We're still at level #1.
7265 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7266 The next set of paragraphs is a
7267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7283 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7287 for the letter body.
7292 to preserve the depth.
7293 Remember that you need to use
7297 to create multiple lines inside the
7311 \begin_layout Right Address
7314 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7319 \begin_layout Address
7320 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7324 \begin_layout Quotation
7325 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7326 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7329 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7330 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7331 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7332 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7333 as soon as possible.
7334 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7337 \begin_layout Quotation
7338 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7339 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7340 with your order, along with payment.
7343 \begin_layout Quotation
7344 We thank you again for your patience.
7347 \begin_layout Address
7354 \begin_layout Quotation
7355 That ends that example!
7358 \begin_layout Standard
7359 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7360 just a few keystrokes.
7361 We could have easily nested an
7382 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7385 \begin_layout Section
7386 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7389 \begin_layout Subsection
7391 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7392 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7399 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7407 in a uniform fashion.
7408 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7409 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7410 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7411 equally between themselves.
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7420 can be inserted with
7422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7423 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7424 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7428 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7433 This is on the left side
7435 This is on the right
7458 \begin_layout Standard
7459 That was an example in the
7465 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7471 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7474 is one in a standard paragraph.
7475 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7479 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7482 \begin_layout Standard
7483 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7484 Here's an example with the
7491 \begin_layout Labeling
7492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7513 marks the beginning of the item.
7514 (There is actually a
7515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7522 HFill inside of the label of the
7526 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7535 situations, like two-column mode.
7538 \begin_layout Standard
7539 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7542 \begin_layout Standard
7547 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7551 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7552 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7553 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7563 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7565 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7579 Other space variants
7580 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7581 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
7588 \begin_layout Standard
7589 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
7590 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
7592 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7598 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
7600 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
7603 \begin_layout Paragraph
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7608 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
7609 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
7620 For example the command
7627 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7630 cm space within the following line:
7633 \begin_layout Standard
7635 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7642 \begin_layout Standard
7652 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7656 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7659 cm space between the arrows.
7662 \begin_layout Standard
7663 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7665 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7666 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7673 \begin_layout Paragraph
7677 \begin_layout Standard
7678 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
7680 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
7683 \begin_layout Standard
7684 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7687 What is correct English?:
7692 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7714 \begin_layout Standard
7725 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
7731 \begin_layout Standard
7732 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
7733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7743 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
7750 In our case write the command
7757 (note the space after
7758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7765 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
7766 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
7767 That is why it is named
7768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7779 \begin_layout Standard
7780 There exists also the commands
7792 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
7793 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
7794 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7795 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
7807 \begin_layout Subsection
7809 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7810 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
7817 \begin_layout Standard
7818 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
7820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7821 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7822 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
7826 There you find the following sizes:
7829 \begin_layout Standard
7842 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
7847 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
7849 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7851 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
7852 name "Document ! Settings"
7858 for the paragraph separation.
7859 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
7870 \begin_layout Standard
7875 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
7876 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
7878 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
7879 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
7888 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7897 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
7899 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7900 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7909 If there are several
7913 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
7914 You can therefore use
7918 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7926 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
7928 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7929 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
7936 \begin_layout Standard
7937 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7940 \begin_layout Standard
7947 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
7948 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
7960 \begin_layout Subsection
7964 \begin_layout Standard
7965 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
7967 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7971 There are four possibilities:
7974 \begin_layout Itemize
7980 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 \begin_layout Standard
7999 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8000 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8001 the left and right margins.
8002 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8005 \begin_layout Standard
8007 This paragraph is right aligned,
8010 \begin_layout Standard
8012 this one is centered,
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8017 this one is left aligned.
8020 \begin_layout Subsection
8022 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8028 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8029 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8037 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8038 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8039 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8040 Only if you use many
8044 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8047 \begin_layout Standard
8048 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8049 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8053 have to change the pagebreaking.
8056 \begin_layout Standard
8057 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8059 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8062 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8067 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8068 that it fills out the complete page.
8069 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8070 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8071 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8085 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8096 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8097 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8101 \begin_layout Standard
8102 normally one uses simply
8114 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8115 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8118 \begin_layout Standard
8119 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8120 at the top of a page.
8121 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8122 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8123 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8124 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8126 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8127 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8140 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8141 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8146 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8147 name "Pagebreaks ! clear"
8154 \begin_layout Standard
8155 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8156 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8157 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8158 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8159 if necessary by adding pages.
8162 \begin_layout Standard
8163 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8166 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8171 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8174 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8179 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8180 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8183 \begin_layout Subsection
8185 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8191 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8192 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8200 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8202 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8214 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8215 whole space between the page margins.
8216 This is necessary to avoid
8217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8224 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8225 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8237 The syntax is similar tho the command
8243 , described in the previous section.
8246 \begin_layout Standard
8247 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8248 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8249 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8250 set a linebreak, e.g.
8251 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8253 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8254 reference "sec:Quote"
8259 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8260 reference "sec:Verse"
8265 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8266 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8273 \begin_layout Subsection
8275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8285 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8286 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8287 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8289 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8295 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8296 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8301 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8302 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
8309 \begin_layout Standard
8310 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8311 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8312 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8313 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8314 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8317 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8322 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8323 In this case, insert one with
8325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8326 Special\InsetSpace ~
8327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8328 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8340 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8341 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8346 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8347 name "Spaces ! protected"
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8357 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8361 Further documentation is given in section
8364 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8365 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8373 \begin_layout Standard
8374 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8387 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8388 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8397 A protected space is set with
8399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8400 Special\InsetSpace ~
8401 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8418 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8419 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8424 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8425 name "Spaces ! thin"
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8441 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8450 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8451 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8452 inside abbreviations:
8456 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8458 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8459 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8463 \begin_layout Standard
8464 or between values and units.
8465 Compare for example this:
8467 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8473 \begin_layout Standard
8474 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8476 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8477 Special\InsetSpace ~
8478 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8489 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8493 \begin_layout Standard
8494 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8495 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8496 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8498 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8499 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8508 Te latter means to type
8512 space-insert <command>
8519 into the command buffer, where
8523 is one of the following:
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8536 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8538 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8539 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8551 \begin_layout Standard
8553 \begin_inset Tabular
8554 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
8556 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8557 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
8558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
8559 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8563 \begin_layout Standard
8571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8574 \begin_layout Standard
8582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8585 \begin_layout Standard
8594 <row topline="true">
8595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8598 \begin_layout Standard
8606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8609 \begin_layout Standard
8616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8619 \begin_layout Standard
8626 <row topline="true">
8627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8630 \begin_layout Standard
8638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Standard
8658 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8662 \begin_layout Standard
8670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8673 \begin_layout Standard
8680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8683 \begin_layout Standard
8690 <row bottomline="true">
8691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8694 \begin_layout Standard
8702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8705 \begin_layout Standard
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8722 <row bottomline="true">
8723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8726 \begin_layout Standard
8734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8737 \begin_layout Standard
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8754 <row bottomline="true">
8755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8758 \begin_layout Standard
8766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Standard
8786 <row bottomline="true">
8787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8818 <row bottomline="true">
8819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8822 \begin_layout Standard
8830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8833 \begin_layout Standard
8840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8857 \begin_layout Subsection
8859 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8860 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
8865 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8866 name "Horizontal lines"
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8879 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8880 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
8883 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
8889 \begin_layout Section
8890 Fonts and Text Styles
8891 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8892 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
8899 \begin_layout Subsection
8901 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8909 \begin_layout Standard
8910 There are two types of fonts:
8913 \begin_layout Description
8916 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8917 name "Fonts ! Vector-"
8921 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
8922 characters) in the font.
8923 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
8924 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
8925 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
8926 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
8927 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
8928 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
8929 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
8930 provide a good image.
8932 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
8933 size and scale them.
8934 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
8935 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
8936 sizes than at small ones.
8954 \begin_layout Description
8957 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
8958 name "Fonts ! Bitmap-"
8962 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
8963 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
8964 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
8965 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
8966 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
8967 picture manipulation program.
8968 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
8969 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
8970 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
8971 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
8972 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
8974 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
8975 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
8977 Bitmap fonts are named
8983 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
8986 \begin_layout Standard
8987 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
8988 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
8989 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
8990 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
8994 \begin_layout Standard
8995 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
8996 its document properties.
8999 \begin_layout Standard
9000 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9001 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9002 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9003 font to emphasize text, you use an
9004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9012 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9013 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9017 \begin_layout Subsection
9018 Document Font and Font size
9019 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9020 name "sub:Document-Font"
9025 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9031 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9032 name "Document ! Font"
9039 \begin_layout Standard
9040 You can set the document fonts in the
9042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9046 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9047 name "Document ! Settings"
9052 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9053 font shapes roman (serif),
9065 \begin_layout Standard
9066 The possible options for the font include
9070 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9075 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9097 European Computer Modern
9100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9110 \begin_layout Standard
9119 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9120 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9130 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9136 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9137 There are three ways to use one:
9140 \begin_layout Itemize
9141 One way is to use the
9151 Virtual means that it
9152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9163 -glyphs from other fonts.
9164 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 \begin_layout Standard
9186 Loading the LaTeX-package
9189 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9190 name "LaTeX-packages ! aeguill"
9196 with the document preamble line
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9204 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9207 \begin_layout Standard
9208 will fix the guillemet problem.
9213 and that accented characters are not
9217 glyph, they are build of
9221 characters, the accent and the letter.
9222 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9226 fonts for words with accented characters.
9227 If you search for example for the French word
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9244 and not for the glyph
9245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9252 \begin_layout Standard
9262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9266 \begin_inset Note Note
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9277 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9278 to be accented with the grave.
9280 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9281 in section\InsetSpace ~
9283 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9296 \begin_layout Itemize
9297 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9301 \begin_layout Standard
9310 , consists of these three main font types
9337 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9338 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9345 The differences between roman,
9354 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9357 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9368 was originally designed for newspapers.
9369 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9370 into the small newspaper columns.
9376 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9379 \begin_layout Itemize
9380 The best solution is to use the
9385 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9392 \begin_layout Standard
9393 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9396 For the font size there are four possible values:
9413 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 The font sizes are the
9422 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9423 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9424 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9430 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9432 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9433 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9441 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9445 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9448 \begin_layout Standard
9453 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9457 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9458 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9459 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9461 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9464 dialog, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
9466 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9467 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
9479 \begin_layout Subsection
9480 Using Different Character Styles
9481 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9482 name "Character Styles"
9487 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9488 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9495 \begin_layout Standard
9496 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
9497 certain paragraph environments.
9498 LyX supports two character styles,
9507 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
9511 \begin_layout Standard
9516 style, do one of the following:
9519 \begin_layout Itemize
9520 click on the toolbar button
9521 \begin_inset Graphics
9522 filename ../images/font-noun.png
9529 \begin_layout Itemize
9536 \begin_layout Standard
9537 These commands are all toggles.
9542 style is already active, they deactivate it.
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 One typically uses the
9550 style for proper names.
9552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9559 is the original author of LyX.
9560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 A more widely used character style is the
9572 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
9579 \begin_layout Itemize
9580 clicking on the toolbar button
9581 \begin_inset Graphics
9582 filename ../images/font-emph.png
9589 \begin_layout Itemize
9590 using the keybindings
9596 \begin_layout Standard
9601 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
9602 es use a different font.
9605 \begin_layout Standard
9606 We've been using the
9610 style all over the place in this document.
9611 Here's one more example:
9614 \begin_layout Quotation
9617 Don't overuse character styles!
9620 \begin_layout Standard
9621 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
9622 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
9623 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
9624 the common tendency to overuse character style.
9628 \begin_layout Standard
9629 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
9636 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9643 \begin_layout Subsection
9644 Fine-Tuning with the
9649 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
9650 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9655 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9661 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
9662 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9670 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
9671 gives you a way to create custom character style.
9672 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
9673 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
9674 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
9675 from ordinary dialog.
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9679 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
9680 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
9682 Documents that overuse
9683 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
9684 has knocked huge holes in it.
9687 \begin_layout Standard
9688 To use custom character styles, open the
9690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9695 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
9696 font property which you can choose.
9697 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
9702 , which keeps the current state of that property.
9707 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
9708 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
9709 environments in a snap.
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9713 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
9725 \begin_layout Labeling
9726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9740 The possible options are:
9744 \begin_layout Labeling
9745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9750 This is the Roman font family.
9751 Normally a serif font.
9752 It's also the default family.
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9775 \begin_layout Standard
9783 \begin_inset Note Note
9786 \begin_layout Standard
9787 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
9788 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9790 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
9791 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
9803 \begin_layout Labeling
9804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9812 This is the Sans Serif font family.
9819 \begin_layout Standard
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9847 \begin_layout Labeling
9848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9855 This is the Typewriter font family.
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9880 \begin_layout Standard
9893 \begin_layout Labeling
9894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9899 This corresponds to the print weight.
9904 \begin_layout Labeling
9905 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9910 This is the Medium font series.
9911 It's also the default series.
9914 \begin_layout Labeling
9915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9922 This is the Bold font series.
9929 \begin_layout Standard
9947 \begin_layout Standard
9958 \begin_layout Labeling
9959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9964 As the name implies.
9969 \begin_layout Labeling
9970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9975 This is the Upright font shape.
9976 It's also the default shape.
9979 \begin_layout Labeling
9980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9994 s the Italic font shape
10000 \begin_layout Labeling
10001 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10008 This is the Slanted font shape
10010 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10013 \begin_layout Labeling
10014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10022 This is the Small caps font shape
10029 \begin_layout Labeling
10030 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10035 Alters the size of the font.
10036 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10037 nal to the document font size.
10038 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10039 what you want to do.
10044 \begin_layout Labeling
10045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_layout Standard
10096 \begin_layout Standard
10114 \begin_layout Standard
10124 \begin_layout Labeling
10125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10147 \begin_layout Standard
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10175 \begin_layout Labeling
10176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10198 \begin_layout Standard
10216 \begin_layout Standard
10227 \begin_layout Standard
10245 \begin_layout Standard
10255 \begin_layout Labeling
10256 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10296 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_layout Standard
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10335 \begin_layout Labeling
10336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10350 It's also the default size.
10355 \begin_layout Standard
10373 \begin_layout Standard
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10402 \begin_layout Standard
10412 \begin_layout Labeling
10413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10435 \begin_layout Standard
10453 \begin_layout Standard
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10482 \begin_layout Standard
10492 \begin_layout Labeling
10493 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10515 \begin_layout Standard
10533 \begin_layout Standard
10544 \begin_layout Standard
10562 \begin_layout Standard
10572 \begin_layout Labeling
10573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10595 \begin_layout Standard
10613 \begin_layout Standard
10623 \begin_layout Labeling
10624 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10646 \begin_layout Standard
10664 \begin_layout Standard
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_layout Labeling
10704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10726 \begin_layout Standard
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10755 \begin_layout Standard
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10784 \begin_layout Standard
10789 : don't go crazy with this feature.
10790 You should almost never need to change the font size.
10791 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
10792 - use that instead.
10793 This is here for fine-tuning only!
10796 \begin_layout Labeling
10797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10802 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
10807 \begin_layout Labeling
10808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10815 This is text with emphasize on
10818 This might seem like the same as
10822 , but it is actually a bit different.
10828 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
10830 Normally this font is equal to italic.
10833 \begin_layout Labeling
10834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10841 This is text with Underbar on.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10866 \begin_layout Standard
10879 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
10880 when you couldn't change fonts.
10881 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
10882 It's only included in LyX because some people
10886 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
10889 \begin_layout Labeling
10890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10897 This is text with Noun on.
10904 , this is a logical attribute.
10905 Normally it's equivalent to
10914 \begin_layout Labeling
10915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10920 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
10921 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
10927 , which is the default
10928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 and means normally black, you can choose between
10970 \begin_layout Labeling
10971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10976 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
10977 the language of the document.
10978 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
10984 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
10986 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 dialog, the settings are saved.
10991 You can activate them using the toolbar button
10992 \begin_inset Graphics
10993 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
10998 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
10999 when the dialog isn't visible.
11003 \begin_layout Standard
11004 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11010 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11011 (suppose you just set the shape to
11012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11029 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11039 \begin_layout Standard
11040 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11057 \begin_layout Itemize
11063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11070 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11093 \begin_layout Standard
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11118 \begin_inset Note Note
11121 \begin_layout Standard
11122 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11124 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11125 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11139 \begin_layout Itemize
11144 fonts use characters with serifs.
11145 These are the small
11146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11153 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11154 The following example will show the difference:
11160 text without serifs
11164 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11165 They are therefore used as default font (named
11172 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11179 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11183 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11184 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11187 \begin_layout Section
11188 Printing and Previewing
11191 \begin_layout Subsection
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11196 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11197 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11198 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11199 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11200 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11202 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11209 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11210 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11211 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11212 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11213 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11214 This happens in two stages:
11217 \begin_layout Enumerate
11218 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11219 generating a file with the extension,
11220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11234 \begin_layout Enumerate
11235 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11239 file to produce printable output.
11243 \begin_layout Subsection
11244 Output file formats
11245 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11246 name "File formats"
11251 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11252 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11261 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11262 name "File formats ! ASCII"
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11270 This file type has the extension
11271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11283 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11287 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11294 \begin_layout Standard
11295 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11297 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11298 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11304 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11306 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11307 name "File formats ! LaTeX"
11314 \begin_layout Standard
11315 This file type has the extension
11316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11327 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11329 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11330 it manually with console commands.
11331 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11332 you view or export your document.
11335 \begin_layout Standard
11336 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11338 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11339 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11344 \begin_layout Standard
11356 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11359 name "File formats ! DVI"
11366 \begin_layout Standard
11367 This file type has the extension
11368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11388 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11389 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11390 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11392 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11400 \begin_layout Standard
11405 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11406 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11411 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11412 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11413 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11414 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11420 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11421 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11429 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11430 name "File formats ! PostScript"
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 This file type has the extension
11439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11451 PostScript was developed by the company
11455 as printer language.
11456 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
11458 PostScript can be seen as
11459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11462 programming language
11463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11466 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11471 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
11477 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11478 name "LaTeX-packages ! pstricks"
11487 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 PostScript can only contain images in the format
11492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11495 Encapsulated PostScript
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11499 (EPS, file extension
11500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11512 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
11513 to convert them in the background to EPS.
11514 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
11515 whenever you view or export your document.
11516 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
11517 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
11518 EPS to avoid this problem.
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
11524 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11525 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11531 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11533 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11534 name "File formats ! PDF"
11539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11547 \begin_layout Standard
11548 This file type has the extension
11549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11565 Portable Document Format
11566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11569 (PDF) is developed by
11573 as derivative from PostScript.
11574 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
11576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11583 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
11584 looks exactly the same.
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
11589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11592 Joint Photographic Experts Group
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11596 (JPG, file extension
11597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11624 Portable Network Graphics
11625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 (PNG, file extension
11629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11641 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
11642 in the background to one of these formats.
11643 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
11644 will slow down your workflow.
11645 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
11648 \begin_layout Standard
11649 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
11651 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11654 in three different ways:
11657 \begin_layout Description
11658 PDF This uses the program
11662 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
11663 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
11667 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
11668 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
11671 \begin_layout Description
11673 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
11677 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
11681 \begin_layout Description
11683 (pdflatex) This uses the program
11687 that converts your file directly to PDF.
11690 \begin_layout Standard
11691 We recommend to use
11700 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
11706 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
11709 \begin_layout Subsection
11711 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11712 name "Document ! Preview "
11719 \begin_layout Standard
11720 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11721 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
11725 and choose a file type.
11726 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
11729 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11732 you can use the toolbar button
11733 \begin_inset Graphics
11734 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
11744 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11748 you can use the toolbar button
11749 \begin_inset Graphics
11750 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
11757 \begin_layout Standard
11758 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
11759 viewer window using the menu
11761 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11767 \begin_layout Standard
11768 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
11770 To have a real output, export your document.
11773 \begin_layout Subsection
11774 Printing the File from within LyX
11775 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11776 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
11783 \begin_layout Standard
11784 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
11785 it directly from within LyX.
11786 To print a file, select the menu
11788 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11791 or click on the toolbar button
11792 \begin_inset Graphics
11793 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
11798 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
11799 This file is then processed by the program
11803 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
11808 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
11811 \begin_layout Standard
11812 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
11813 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
11814 printing one set to print on the other side.
11815 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
11816 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
11817 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
11820 \begin_layout Standard
11821 You can set the parameters in the
11829 \begin_layout Labeling
11830 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is the name of the printer to print to
11839 \begin_layout Standard
11840 Note that this printer name is for the program
11849 has to be configured for this printer name.
11850 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see chapter\InsetSpace ~
11852 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
11853 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
11863 The printer should understand PostScript.
11866 \begin_layout Labeling
11867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 The name of a file to print to.
11873 The output will be a PostScript file.
11874 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
11878 \begin_layout Section
11879 A few Words about Typography
11880 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11888 \begin_layout Subsection
11890 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
11896 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
11904 \begin_layout Standard
11906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11917 character comes in three lengths, often called the
11932 \begin_layout Enumerate
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_layout Enumerate
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11967 \begin_layout Standard
11979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_layout Enumerate
11991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12000 \begin_layout Standard
12013 \begin_layout Standard
12025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_layout Enumerate
12035 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12055 \begin_layout Standard
12056 You generate them by inserting the
12057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12068 character multiple times in a row.
12069 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12070 final output, but not in LyX.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12075 math mode and has a length of its own.
12076 Here are some examples of the
12077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12091 \begin_layout Enumerate
12092 line- and page-breaks
12101 \begin_layout Enumerate
12111 \begin_layout Enumerate
12112 Oh --- there's a dash.
12121 \begin_layout Enumerate
12122 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12134 \begin_layout Subsection
12136 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12142 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12143 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12150 \begin_layout Standard
12151 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12152 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12156 name "LaTeX-packages ! babel"
12162 following the rules of the document language
12166 \begin_layout Standard
12167 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12174 German\InsetSpace ~
12180 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12197 and with unusual constructs, like
12198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12206 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12207 This is done with the menu
12209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12210 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12211 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12215 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12216 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12219 \begin_layout Standard
12220 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12221 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12222 a hyphen and a space in the form
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12231 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12239 as hyphenation possibility.
12240 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12241 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12242 of the LaTeX-box-command
12248 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12249 As LyX doesn't support
12255 , we have to use ERT.
12256 The result looks in LyX like:
12259 \begin_layout Standard
12260 \begin_inset Graphics
12261 filename clipart/mbox.png
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12271 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12272 reference "sec:ERT"
12279 \begin_layout Subsection
12281 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12282 name "Punctuation marks"
12289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12290 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12291 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12292 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12299 \begin_layout Standard
12300 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12301 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12302 LaTeX then adds the
12303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 appropriate amount of space
12307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12311 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12313 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12316 \begin_layout Standard
12317 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12331 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12332 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 Here are some examples of
12340 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12343 \begin_layout Itemize
12348 \begin_layout Itemize
12353 \begin_layout Standard
12354 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12357 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 this is too much space!
12363 \begin_layout Itemize
12368 \begin_layout Standard
12369 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12372 \begin_layout Standard
12373 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12376 \begin_layout Enumerate
12379 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12382 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12384 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12385 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12390 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12391 name "Spaces ! inter-word"
12398 \begin_layout Enumerate
12404 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12407 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
12412 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12413 name "Spaces ! thin"
12420 \begin_layout Enumerate
12425 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12431 Special\InsetSpace ~
12434 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12435 This function is also bound to
12442 \begin_layout Standard
12443 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12446 \begin_layout Itemize
12447 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12448 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12449 this is too much space!
12452 \begin_layout Itemize
12453 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12459 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
12460 LaTeX will care about this.
12463 \begin_layout Standard
12464 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12467 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12471 feature described in section
12482 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12484 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12485 name "Typography ! Quotes"
12490 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12491 name "Quotes | see{Typography}"
12496 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12504 \begin_layout Standard
12505 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12506 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12507 and use a closing quote at the end.
12509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12517 The keyboard character,
12521 , generates this automatically.
12524 \begin_layout Standard
12525 You can change the behavior of the
12529 key using the submenu
12535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12539 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12540 name "Document ! Settings"
12547 \begin_layout Standard
12548 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
12553 There are six choices:
12556 \begin_layout Labeling
12557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12569 Use quotes like this
12570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12578 \begin_inset Quotes els
12582 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12588 \begin_layout Labeling
12589 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12592 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12596 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12602 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12606 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12610 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12616 \begin_layout Labeling
12617 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12620 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12624 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12630 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12638 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12642 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12648 \begin_layout Labeling
12649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12652 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12656 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12662 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12666 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12670 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12674 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12680 \begin_layout Labeling
12681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12684 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12688 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12694 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12698 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12702 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12706 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12712 \begin_layout Labeling
12713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12716 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12720 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12726 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12730 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12734 \begin_inset Quotes als
12738 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12744 \begin_layout Standard
12745 These settings affects what character the
12752 \begin_layout Subsection
12754 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12755 name "Typography ! Ligatures"
12760 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12761 name "Ligatures | see{Typography}"
12766 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12767 name "sub:Ligatures"
12774 \begin_layout Standard
12775 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12776 print them as single characters.
12777 These groups are known as
12782 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
12784 Here are the standard ligatures:
12787 \begin_layout Itemize
12791 \begin_layout Itemize
12795 \begin_layout Itemize
12799 \begin_layout Itemize
12803 \begin_layout Itemize
12807 \begin_layout Standard
12808 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12812 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
12813 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
12814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12821 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
12822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12837 To break a ligature, use
12839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12840 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12841 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
12846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12857 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12874 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
12876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12882 \begin_layout Subsection
12884 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
12885 name "LyX ! Proper names"
12890 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12891 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
12898 \begin_layout Standard
12899 You have surely noticed, that the word
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 appears always with characters in different size and height.
12908 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
12909 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12917 \begin_layout Standard
12925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
12933 \begin_layout Description
12934 LyX The name of the game, write
12935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12942 \begin_layout Standard
12950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 \begin_layout Description
12957 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
12958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12965 \begin_layout Standard
12973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12979 \begin_layout Description
12980 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13002 \begin_layout Description
13003 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13011 \begin_layout Standard
13019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13025 \begin_layout Standard
13026 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13031 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13039 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13040 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13041 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13044 : The actual version is
13045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13052 , the previous one was
13053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13063 \begin_layout Standard
13064 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13065 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13066 This will look in LyX like:
13067 \begin_inset Graphics
13068 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13074 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13076 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13077 reference "sec:ERT"
13084 \begin_layout Subsection
13086 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13087 name "Typography ! Units"
13094 \begin_layout Standard
13095 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13096 space between two words.
13097 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13107 for units use the menu
13109 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13110 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 Here's an example to show the differences:
13125 \begin_layout Standard
13126 \begin_inset Tabular
13127 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13129 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13130 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13135 \begin_layout Standard
13138 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13149 \begin_layout Standard
13150 space between number and unit
13157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13160 \begin_layout Standard
13161 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13163 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13174 \begin_layout Standard
13175 half space between number and unit
13188 \begin_layout Subsection
13190 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13191 name "Typography ! Widows and orphans"
13196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13204 \begin_layout Standard
13205 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13207 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13208 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13209 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13210 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13211 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13212 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13223 \begin_layout Standard
13224 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13225 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13226 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13227 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13228 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13229 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13230 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13233 \begin_layout Standard
13234 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13235 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13236 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13238 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13239 key "latexcompanion"
13245 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13250 ] may have more information.
13251 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13254 \begin_layout Chapter
13255 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13256 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13257 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13270 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13273 \begin_layout Section
13275 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13281 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13289 \begin_layout Standard
13290 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
13293 \begin_layout Description
13295 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
13298 \begin_inset Note Note
13301 \begin_layout Standard
13302 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
13310 \begin_layout Description
13311 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
13312 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
13314 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13315 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13316 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
13321 \begin_inset Note Comment
13324 \begin_layout Standard
13325 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
13333 \begin_layout Description
13334 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
13335 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
13340 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
13343 \begin_layout Standard
13348 \begin_layout Standard
13349 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
13350 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
13351 How this can be done is explained in the
13360 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
13369 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
13370 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
13373 \begin_layout Description
13374 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
13376 \begin_inset Note Framed
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
13385 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
13387 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13388 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
13392 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
13396 \begin_layout Description
13397 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
13398 \begin_inset Note Shaded
13401 \begin_layout Standard
13402 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
13407 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
13408 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
13411 \begin_layout Standard
13412 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
13413 \begin_inset Graphics
13414 filename ../images/note-insert.png
13416 scaleBeforeRotation
13422 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13426 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
13429 \begin_layout Section
13431 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13437 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13438 name "sec:Footnotes"
13445 \begin_layout Standard
13446 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
13449 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13452 or the toolbar button
13453 \begin_inset Graphics
13454 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
13467 \begin_inset Graphics
13468 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
13478 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13507 label, the box will
13511 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
13512 Clicking on the box label again, will close
13525 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
13541 \begin_layout Standard
13542 Here's an example footnote:
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13551 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
13561 position where the footnote box is placed.
13562 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
13563 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
13564 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
13565 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
13566 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
13571 ey are described in the
13578 \begin_layout Section
13580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13581 name "Marginal notes"
13586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13587 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
13594 \begin_layout Standard
13595 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13596 When you insert a margin note via the menu
13598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13599 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
13602 or the toolbar button
13603 \begin_inset Graphics
13604 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
13624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13631 appearing within your text.
13632 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
13641 \begin_layout Standard
13642 At the side is an example marginal note.
13646 \begin_inset Marginal
13649 \begin_layout Standard
13650 This is a marginal note.
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13659 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
13660 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
13661 pages, right on odd pages.
13664 \begin_layout Section
13665 Graphics and Images
13666 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13672 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13678 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13679 name "sec:Graphics"
13686 \begin_layout Standard
13687 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
13688 you want and click on the toolbar icon
13689 \begin_inset Graphics
13690 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
13696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13700 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
13703 \begin_layout Standard
13704 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
13709 tab allows you to choose your image file.
13710 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
13711 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
13713 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
13715 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13716 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
13723 \begin_layout Standard
13728 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
13729 of the image in the output.
13730 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
13742 bounding\InsetSpace ~
13745 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
13746 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
13754 \begin_layout Standard
13755 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13760 You can also set the
13764 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
13765 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13767 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13768 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13778 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
13779 image size is printed.
13782 \begin_layout Standard
13783 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
13784 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
13786 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
13787 centered paragraph:
13790 \begin_layout Standard
13792 \begin_inset Graphics
13793 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13796 rotateOrigin center
13803 \begin_layout Standard
13804 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
13805 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
13807 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13808 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
13815 \begin_layout Subsection
13817 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13818 name "Image formats"
13823 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13824 name "sub:Image-Formats"
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 You can insert images in any known file format.
13833 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
13835 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13836 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13840 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
13841 LyX uses therefore the program
13845 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
13846 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
13847 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
13849 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13850 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
13857 \begin_layout Standard
13858 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
13861 \begin_layout Description
13862 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
13863 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
13864 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
13865 Well-known bitmap image formats are
13866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13869 Graphics Interchange Format
13870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13873 (GIF, file extension
13874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13886 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13887 name "GIF|see{Image formats}"
13892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13895 Portable Network Graphics
13896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13899 (PNG, file extension
13900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13912 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13913 name "PNG|see{Image formats}"
13918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13921 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13925 (JPG, file extension
13926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13950 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13951 name "JPG|see{Image formats}"
13958 \begin_layout Description
13959 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
13960 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
13962 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
13963 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
13964 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
13967 calable image formats can be
13968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13971 Scalable Vector Graphics
13972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13975 (SVG, file extension
13976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13988 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
13989 name "SVG|see{Image formats}"
13994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13997 Encapsulated PostScript
13998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14001 (EPS, file extension
14002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14014 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14015 name "EPS|see{Image formats}"
14020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14023 Portable Document Format
14024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14027 (PDF, file extension
14028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14046 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14047 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14048 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14053 \begin_layout Standard
14054 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14062 \begin_layout Standard
14063 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14067 \begin_layout Section
14069 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14075 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14083 \begin_layout Standard
14084 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14085 \begin_inset Graphics
14086 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14093 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14097 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14098 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
14099 from the rest of the table.
14100 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
14101 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
14103 Here's an example table:
14106 \begin_layout Standard
14108 \begin_inset Tabular
14109 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14111 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14112 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14113 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14114 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14115 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14119 \begin_layout Standard
14125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14128 \begin_layout Standard
14143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14146 \begin_layout Standard
14152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14162 <row topline="true">
14163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14166 \begin_layout Standard
14181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14193 \begin_layout Standard
14199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14202 \begin_layout Standard
14209 <row topline="true">
14210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14213 \begin_layout Standard
14228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14231 \begin_layout Standard
14237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14240 \begin_layout Standard
14250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14253 \begin_layout Standard
14260 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14264 \begin_layout Standard
14279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14282 \begin_layout Standard
14288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14300 \begin_layout Standard
14314 \begin_layout Subsection
14318 \begin_layout Standard
14319 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
14320 brings up the table dialog.
14321 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
14322 where the cursor is placed currently.
14323 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
14324 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
14325 done on all of your selection.
14328 \begin_layout Standard
14329 Additionally to the table dialog the
14334 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
14336 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14337 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
14338 delete lines via the table
14342 \begin_layout Standard
14348 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
14349 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
14350 current cell respectively.
14351 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
14353 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
14354 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
14356 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14357 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
14364 \begin_layout Standard
14365 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
14371 This will merge the cells to
14375 cell, spread over more than one column.
14376 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
14377 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
14378 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
14379 in the last row without the upper border:
14382 \begin_layout Standard
14384 \begin_inset Tabular
14385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
14386 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
14387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14388 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
14389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14391 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14401 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14404 \begin_layout Standard
14410 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14429 <row topline="true">
14430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14451 \begin_layout Standard
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Standard
14466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14469 \begin_layout Standard
14476 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14480 \begin_layout Standard
14486 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14489 \begin_layout Standard
14495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14498 \begin_layout Standard
14504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14507 \begin_layout Standard
14521 \begin_layout Standard
14522 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
14523 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
14524 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
14525 explained in the tables section of the
14527 Extended\InsetSpace ~
14531 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
14532 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
14535 degrees counterclockwise.
14536 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
14539 \begin_layout Standard
14540 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14543 \begin_layout Standard
14548 Most DVI-viewers are
14552 able to display rotations.
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14565 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
14570 adds lines for all cell borders.
14573 \begin_layout Subsection
14575 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14576 name "Tables ! Longtables"
14581 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14589 \begin_layout Standard
14590 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
14600 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
14601 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
14604 \begin_layout Description
14609 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14610 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
14611 except for the first page, if
14619 \begin_layout Description
14625 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
14626 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
14629 \begin_layout Description
14634 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14635 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
14636 except for the last page, if
14644 \begin_layout Description
14650 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
14651 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
14654 \begin_layout Standard
14655 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
14656 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
14657 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
14658 The others will then be defined as
14663 In this context, first means first in this order:
14665 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
14678 See the following longtable to see how it works:
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14683 \begin_inset Tabular
14684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
14685 <features islongtable="true">
14686 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
14687 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
14688 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14689 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14690 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14693 \begin_layout Standard
14696 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
14701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14704 \begin_layout Standard
14710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14713 \begin_layout Standard
14720 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
14721 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14724 \begin_layout Standard
14732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14735 \begin_layout Standard
14741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14753 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14768 \begin_layout Standard
14774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14777 \begin_layout Standard
14784 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
14785 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14788 \begin_layout Standard
14796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14799 \begin_layout Standard
14805 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14808 \begin_layout Standard
14817 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
14818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14821 \begin_layout Standard
14829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14832 \begin_layout Standard
14838 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14848 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14863 \begin_layout Standard
14869 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14872 \begin_layout Standard
14879 <row bottomline="true">
14880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14883 \begin_layout Standard
14891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14894 \begin_layout Standard
14900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14910 <row bottomline="true">
14911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14925 \begin_layout Standard
14931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14934 \begin_layout Standard
14941 <row bottomline="true">
14942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14945 \begin_layout Standard
14953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14956 \begin_layout Standard
14962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14965 \begin_layout Standard
14972 <row bottomline="true">
14973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14976 \begin_layout Standard
14984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14996 \begin_layout Standard
15003 <row bottomline="true">
15004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15018 \begin_layout Standard
15024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15034 <row bottomline="true">
15035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15049 \begin_layout Standard
15055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15058 \begin_layout Standard
15065 <row bottomline="true">
15066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15096 <row bottomline="true">
15097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15100 \begin_layout Standard
15108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15120 \begin_layout Standard
15127 <row bottomline="true">
15128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15131 \begin_layout Standard
15139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15151 \begin_layout Standard
15158 <row bottomline="true">
15159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15162 \begin_layout Standard
15170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15173 \begin_layout Standard
15179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15182 \begin_layout Standard
15189 <row bottomline="true">
15190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15193 \begin_layout Standard
15201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15213 \begin_layout Standard
15220 <row bottomline="true">
15221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15224 \begin_layout Standard
15232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15235 \begin_layout Standard
15241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15244 \begin_layout Standard
15251 <row bottomline="true">
15252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15255 \begin_layout Standard
15263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15266 \begin_layout Standard
15272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15275 \begin_layout Standard
15282 <row bottomline="true">
15283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15286 \begin_layout Standard
15294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15306 \begin_layout Standard
15313 <row bottomline="true">
15314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15317 \begin_layout Standard
15325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15337 \begin_layout Standard
15344 <row bottomline="true">
15345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15348 \begin_layout Standard
15356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15359 \begin_layout Standard
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Standard
15375 <row bottomline="true">
15376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15379 \begin_layout Standard
15387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15390 \begin_layout Standard
15396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15406 <row bottomline="true">
15407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15410 \begin_layout Standard
15418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15430 \begin_layout Standard
15437 <row bottomline="true">
15438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15441 \begin_layout Standard
15449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15452 \begin_layout Standard
15458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15461 \begin_layout Standard
15468 <row bottomline="true">
15469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15472 \begin_layout Standard
15480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15483 \begin_layout Standard
15489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15492 \begin_layout Standard
15499 <row bottomline="true">
15500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15514 \begin_layout Standard
15520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15523 \begin_layout Standard
15530 <row bottomline="true">
15531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15534 \begin_layout Standard
15542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15545 \begin_layout Standard
15551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15561 <row bottomline="true">
15562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15576 \begin_layout Standard
15582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15585 \begin_layout Standard
15592 <row bottomline="true">
15593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15607 \begin_layout Standard
15613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15616 \begin_layout Standard
15623 <row bottomline="true">
15624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15647 \begin_layout Standard
15654 <row bottomline="true">
15655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15658 \begin_layout Standard
15666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15678 \begin_layout Standard
15685 <row bottomline="true">
15686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15700 \begin_layout Standard
15706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15709 \begin_layout Standard
15716 <row bottomline="true">
15717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15720 \begin_layout Standard
15728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15731 \begin_layout Standard
15737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15747 <row bottomline="true">
15748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15751 \begin_layout Standard
15759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15762 \begin_layout Standard
15768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15771 \begin_layout Standard
15778 <row bottomline="true">
15779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15782 \begin_layout Standard
15790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15793 \begin_layout Standard
15799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15802 \begin_layout Standard
15809 <row bottomline="true">
15810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15813 \begin_layout Standard
15819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15828 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Standard
15838 <row bottomline="true">
15839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15842 \begin_layout Standard
15850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15853 \begin_layout Standard
15859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15862 \begin_layout Standard
15869 <row bottomline="true">
15870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15873 \begin_layout Standard
15881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15884 \begin_layout Standard
15890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15900 <row bottomline="true">
15901 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15904 \begin_layout Standard
15912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15915 \begin_layout Standard
15921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15931 <row bottomline="true">
15932 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15935 \begin_layout Standard
15943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15946 \begin_layout Standard
15952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15955 \begin_layout Standard
15962 <row bottomline="true">
15963 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15977 \begin_layout Standard
15983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15993 <row bottomline="true">
15994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15997 \begin_layout Standard
16005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16017 \begin_layout Standard
16024 <row bottomline="true">
16025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Standard
16036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16039 \begin_layout Standard
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Standard
16055 <row bottomline="true">
16056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16070 \begin_layout Standard
16076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16086 <row bottomline="true">
16087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Standard
16098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Standard
16107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Standard
16117 <row bottomline="true">
16118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16121 \begin_layout Standard
16129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16148 <row bottomline="true">
16149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Standard
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Standard
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Standard
16179 <row bottomline="true">
16180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Standard
16200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16203 \begin_layout Standard
16210 <row bottomline="true">
16211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16214 \begin_layout Standard
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Standard
16231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16234 \begin_layout Standard
16241 <row bottomline="true">
16242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16245 \begin_layout Standard
16253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16256 \begin_layout Standard
16262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16272 <row bottomline="true">
16273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Standard
16284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Standard
16293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout Standard
16303 <row bottomline="true">
16304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16307 \begin_layout Standard
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Standard
16334 <row bottomline="true">
16335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16365 <row bottomline="true">
16366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Standard
16386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16389 \begin_layout Standard
16396 <row bottomline="true">
16397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16400 \begin_layout Standard
16408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16411 \begin_layout Standard
16417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16427 <row bottomline="true">
16428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Standard
16439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16442 \begin_layout Standard
16448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Standard
16458 <row bottomline="true">
16459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16473 \begin_layout Standard
16479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16482 \begin_layout Standard
16489 <row bottomline="true">
16490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Standard
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Standard
16510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16520 <row bottomline="true">
16521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Standard
16541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16551 <row bottomline="true">
16552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Standard
16563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16566 \begin_layout Standard
16572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16575 \begin_layout Standard
16582 <row bottomline="true">
16583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16597 \begin_layout Standard
16603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16606 \begin_layout Standard
16613 <row bottomline="true">
16614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16617 \begin_layout Standard
16625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16628 \begin_layout Standard
16634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16637 \begin_layout Standard
16644 <row bottomline="true">
16645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16659 \begin_layout Standard
16665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16668 \begin_layout Standard
16675 <row bottomline="true">
16676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16679 \begin_layout Standard
16687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16690 \begin_layout Standard
16696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16706 <row bottomline="true">
16707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16710 \begin_layout Standard
16718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16721 \begin_layout Standard
16727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16730 \begin_layout Standard
16737 <row bottomline="true">
16738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16752 \begin_layout Standard
16758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16761 \begin_layout Standard
16768 <row bottomline="true">
16769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Standard
16780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16783 \begin_layout Standard
16789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16792 \begin_layout Standard
16799 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
16800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16803 \begin_layout Standard
16811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Standard
16837 \begin_layout Subsection
16839 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
16840 name "Tables ! Cells"
16845 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
16846 name "sub:Table-Cells"
16853 \begin_layout Standard
16854 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
16855 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
16856 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
16857 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16861 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16862 for the cell's paragraph.
16865 \begin_layout Standard
16866 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
16867 for the column in the table dialog.
16868 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
16869 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
16873 \begin_layout Standard
16875 \begin_inset Tabular
16876 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
16878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16879 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
16880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16881 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Standard
16900 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Standard
16918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16921 \begin_layout Standard
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Standard
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Standard
16969 This is a multiline entry in a table.
16974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Standard
16993 <row bottomline="true">
16994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16997 \begin_layout Standard
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17025 This is longer now.
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Standard
17049 <row bottomline="true">
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Standard
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Standard
17081 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17082 This is longer now.
17087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17090 \begin_layout Standard
17113 \begin_layout Standard
17114 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
17115 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17116 Selection with the mouse or with
17120 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17121 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
17122 the selection from outside the table.
17125 \begin_layout Section
17127 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17133 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17141 \begin_layout Standard
17142 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
17143 have a fixed location.
17145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17152 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
17159 Margin\InsetSpace ~
17162 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
17163 too much notes at the page.
17166 \begin_layout Standard
17167 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
17168 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
17169 and pages without text.
17170 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
17171 , every float can be referenced in the text.
17172 Floats are therefore numbered.
17173 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
17175 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17176 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17183 \begin_layout Standard
17184 To insert a float, use the menu
17186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17190 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
17193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17196 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17201 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
17202 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
17204 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
17205 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17206 name "Floats ! Captions"
17210 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
17211 paragraph within the float.
17212 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
17213 by left-clicking on the box label.
17214 A closed float box looks like this:
17215 \begin_inset Graphics
17216 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
17221 -- a gray button with a red label.
17224 \begin_layout Standard
17225 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
17226 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
17229 \begin_layout Subsection
17233 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17235 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17236 name "Floats ! Figure floats"
17241 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17242 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
17249 \begin_layout Standard
17252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17253 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17256 inserts a float with the label
17257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17262 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17270 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
17271 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
17272 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
17274 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17275 reference "cap:Platypus"
17280 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
17281 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
17282 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
17284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17285 reference "cap:Escher"
17292 \begin_layout Standard
17293 \begin_inset Float figure
17298 \begin_layout Standard
17300 \begin_inset Graphics
17301 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17304 rotateOrigin center
17311 \begin_layout Standard
17312 \begin_inset Caption
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17315 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17316 name "cap:Platypus"
17320 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
17333 \begin_layout Standard
17334 \begin_inset Float figure
17339 \begin_layout Standard
17340 \begin_inset Caption
17342 \begin_layout Standard
17343 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17359 \begin_inset Graphics
17360 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17363 rotateOrigin center
17375 \begin_layout Standard
17376 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
17378 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
17380 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17381 reference "sec:Cross-References"
17385 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
17387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17390 and refer to it using the menu
17392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17396 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
17398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17405 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
17407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17417 \begin_layout Standard
17418 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
17419 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
17420 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
17426 in the appearing dialog, use the option
17430 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
17431 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17433 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17434 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17438 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
17439 You can also set the images one below the other.
17442 \begin_layout Standard
17443 \begin_inset Float figure
17448 \begin_layout Standard
17452 \begin_inset Graphics
17453 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
17456 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
17463 \begin_inset Graphics
17464 filename clipart/platypus.eps
17468 subcaptionText "Platypus"
17477 \begin_layout Standard
17478 \begin_inset Caption
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17481 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17482 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
17486 Two distorted images.
17499 \begin_layout Standard
17500 Note that the caption is added to the
17506 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
17508 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17509 reference "sec:ListsOf"
17516 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17518 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17519 name "Floats ! Table floats"
17524 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17525 name "sec:Table-Floats"
17532 \begin_layout Standard
17533 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
17535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17536 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17540 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
17544 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17545 reference "cap:Table-float"
17549 is an example of a table float.
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17553 \begin_inset Float table
17558 \begin_layout Standard
17559 \begin_inset Caption
17561 \begin_layout Standard
17562 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17563 name "cap:Table-float"
17575 \begin_layout Standard
17577 \begin_inset Tabular
17578 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17583 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Standard
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Standard
17620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17623 \begin_layout Standard
17639 <row topline="true">
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Standard
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Standard
17676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17695 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17699 \begin_layout Standard
17709 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Standard
17730 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17732 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Standard
17753 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17776 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17777 name "Floats ! Algorithm floats"
17784 \begin_layout Standard
17785 This float type is inserted with the menu
17787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17788 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17792 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
17793 A possible environment for algorithms is the
17797 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
17799 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17800 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
17807 \begin_layout Standard
17808 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17811 \begin_layout Standard
17816 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
17822 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
17825 \begin_layout Standard
17830 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
17834 \begin_layout Standard
17835 to the document preamble (menu
17837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17861 \begin_layout Subsubsection
17863 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17864 name "Floats ! Text Wrap Floats"
17869 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17870 name "sec:floatflt"
17877 \begin_layout Standard
17878 This float type is used if you want to
17879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17886 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
17888 It can be inserted using the menu
17889 \begin_inset Wrap figure
17894 \begin_layout Standard
17895 \begin_inset Graphics
17896 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17899 rotateOrigin center
17906 \begin_layout Standard
17907 \begin_inset Caption
17909 \begin_layout Standard
17910 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17911 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17915 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
17917 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
17932 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17933 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17938 if the LaTeX-package
17943 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
17944 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17953 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
17963 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
17965 Figure\InsetSpace ~
17967 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17968 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
17972 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
17973 wrap float with a width of 40
17974 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
17981 \begin_layout Standard
17982 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
17984 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17985 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17994 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
17998 \begin_layout Standard
18003 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18004 If you need this, read the documentation of
18009 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18017 \begin_layout Standard
18018 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18021 \begin_layout Standard
18027 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
18028 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
18029 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
18030 over some other text.
18034 \begin_layout Standard
18035 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
18040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18041 name "LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig"
18049 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
18062 \begin_layout Itemize
18063 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
18064 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
18065 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
18066 breaks will appear.
18069 \begin_layout Itemize
18070 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
18071 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
18074 \begin_layout Itemize
18075 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
18076 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
18079 \begin_layout Itemize
18080 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
18083 \begin_layout Subsection
18085 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18086 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18091 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18092 name "Floats ! Rotating"
18099 \begin_layout Standard
18100 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
18101 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
18104 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18110 \begin_layout Standard
18111 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
18112 a two-column document).
18113 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
18114 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
18121 \begin_layout Standard
18122 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
18123 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
18125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18126 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
18130 is an example of a rotated table float.
18133 \begin_layout Standard
18134 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18137 \begin_layout Standard
18142 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
18150 \begin_layout Standard
18151 \begin_inset Float table
18156 \begin_layout Standard
18157 \begin_inset Caption
18159 \begin_layout Standard
18160 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18161 name "cap:Rotated-table"
18173 \begin_layout Standard
18175 \begin_inset Tabular
18176 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
18178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18180 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18181 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
18182 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
18183 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Standard
18193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18196 \begin_layout Standard
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Standard
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Standard
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Standard
18242 \begin_layout Subsection
18244 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18245 name "sub:Float-Placement"
18250 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18251 name "Floats ! Placement"
18258 \begin_layout Standard
18259 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
18260 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
18267 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
18268 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
18273 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
18276 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
18278 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18279 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
18286 \begin_layout Standard
18287 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
18288 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
18291 default\InsetSpace ~
18297 \begin_layout Description
18300 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
18303 \begin_layout Description
18306 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
18309 \begin_layout Description
18310 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18312 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
18315 \begin_layout Description
18318 floats: try to place the float on an own page
18321 \begin_layout Standard
18322 The order of the above option is
18327 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
18340 , and then the others.
18341 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
18343 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
18344 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
18347 \begin_layout Standard
18348 By default, each options has its own rules:
18351 \begin_layout Standard
18358 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18359 % of the page can be placed at the top
18363 \begin_layout Standard
18366 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
18370 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18371 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
18375 \begin_layout Standard
18382 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18383 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
18384 can be set together on a page.
18387 \begin_layout Standard
18388 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
18391 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
18398 \begin_layout Standard
18399 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
18400 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
18401 For this case you can use the option
18407 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
18409 Because the float is then no longer able to
18410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18417 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
18420 \begin_layout Standard
18421 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
18422 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
18425 \begin_layout Standard
18426 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
18428 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
18429 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
18436 \begin_layout Section
18438 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18444 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18445 name "sec:Minipages"
18452 \begin_layout Standard
18453 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
18455 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
18460 \begin_layout Standard
18461 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
18463 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18467 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
18468 and its alignment within the page.
18471 \begin_layout Standard
18473 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18482 height_special "totalheight"
18485 \begin_layout Standard
18488 This is a minipage.
18489 The text is set in an italic style.
18492 \begin_layout Standard
18495 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
18496 another formatting.
18504 \begin_layout Standard
18505 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18508 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
18512 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18514 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18515 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
18520 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18526 \begin_layout Standard
18527 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18536 height_special "totalheight"
18539 \begin_layout Standard
18540 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18541 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18549 \begin_inset Box Frameless
18558 height_special "totalheight"
18561 \begin_layout Standard
18562 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
18563 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
18571 \begin_layout Standard
18572 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
18578 \begin_layout Standard
18579 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
18580 to other box types.
18581 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
18592 \begin_layout Chapter
18593 Mathematical Formulas
18594 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18601 name "Formulas | see{Math}"
18606 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18607 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
18614 \begin_layout Section
18616 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18617 name "Math ! Basics"
18624 \begin_layout Standard
18625 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
18626 \begin_inset Graphics
18627 filename ../images/math-mode.png
18632 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
18634 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
18635 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18636 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18644 \begin_layout Standard
18645 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
18651 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
18654 \begin_layout Standard
18655 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
18656 line, like this one:
18659 \begin_layout Standard
18660 This is a line with an inline formula
18661 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
18667 \begin_layout Standard
18668 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
18670 \begin_inset Formula \[
18675 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
18678 \begin_layout Standard
18679 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
18682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18695 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
18696 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18700 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
18708 \begin_layout Subsection
18709 Navigating in Formulas
18710 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18711 name "Math ! Navigating"
18718 \begin_layout Standard
18719 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
18720 achieved with the arrow keys.
18721 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18722 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18727 will leave a formula construct (a square root
18728 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18732 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18736 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18738 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18746 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18751 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18752 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18755 \begin_layout Standard
18760 , printed in this document as
18761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18768 \begin_layout Standard
18778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18782 \begin_inset Note Note
18785 \begin_layout Standard
18786 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
18787 space character (visible space).
18792 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
18793 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18794 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18799 For example, if you want
18800 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18811 \begin_layout Standard
18830 \begin_layout Standard
18843 \begin_layout Standard
18854 , since in the latter case only the
18857 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18862 will be under the square root sign:
18863 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18870 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18872 \begin_inset Formula \[
18873 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18876 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
18880 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18881 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18884 \begin_layout Subsection
18888 \begin_layout Standard
18889 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18890 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18894 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18895 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18896 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18897 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
18898 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
18901 \begin_layout Subsection
18902 Exponents and Subscripts
18903 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18904 name "Math ! Exponents"
18909 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
18910 name "Math ! Subscripts"
18917 \begin_layout Standard
18918 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
18919 way is to use a command.
18921 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18924 , type in a formula
18930 \begin_layout Standard
18946 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
18952 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18956 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18965 \begin_layout Standard
18977 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
18979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18986 , you have to use an extra
18990 to separate the hat and the character.
18993 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
19002 \begin_layout Standard
19014 Subscripts are similar: To get
19015 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
19024 \begin_layout Standard
19038 \begin_layout Subsection
19040 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19041 name "Math ! Fractions"
19048 \begin_layout Standard
19049 Create a fraction with either the command
19056 \begin_inset Graphics
19057 filename ../images/math/frac.png
19068 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
19069 The cursor is above the fraction line.
19070 To move it to the bottom, simply press
19075 To move back up, press
19080 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
19081 \begin_inset Formula \[
19082 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
19084 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
19091 \begin_layout Subsection
19093 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19094 name "Math ! Roots"
19101 \begin_layout Standard
19102 Roots can be created using the
19108 \begin_inset Graphics
19109 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
19132 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
19138 produces always a square root.
19141 \begin_layout Subsection
19142 Operators with Limits
19143 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19149 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19150 name "Math ! Integrals"
19155 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19156 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19163 \begin_layout Standard
19165 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
19169 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
19172 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
19173 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
19174 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
19175 The sum operator will automatically place its
19176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19183 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
19186 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
19190 \begin_inset Formula \[
19191 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
19195 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
19199 \begin_layout Standard
19200 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
19202 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
19203 behind the operator and hitting
19209 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19210 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19211 Change\InsetSpace ~
19212 Limits\InsetSpace ~
19218 \begin_layout Standard
19219 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
19220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19227 feature as addition, such as
19228 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19229 name "Math ! Limits"
19234 \begin_inset Formula \[
19235 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
19239 which will place the
19240 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
19244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19252 In inline formulas it looks like this:
19253 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
19259 \begin_layout Standard
19260 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
19267 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
19269 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19270 reference "sub:Functions"
19274 for an explanation of function macros.
19277 \begin_layout Subsection
19279 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19280 name "Math ! Symbols"
19287 \begin_layout Standard
19288 Most math symbols can be found in the
19293 under one of several categories; including
19310 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19314 \begin_layout Standard
19315 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
19316 you don't have to use the
19321 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
19322 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
19325 \begin_layout Subsection
19327 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19328 name "Math ! Spaces"
19333 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19334 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
19341 \begin_layout Standard
19342 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
19354 \begin_inset Graphics
19355 filename ../images/math/space.png
19360 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
19361 Here a example for the sequence
19366 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19370 \begin_inset Graphics
19371 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
19376 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
19377 the space marker and hit space again several times.
19378 With every space hit the size will be changed.
19379 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
19384 \begin_layout Standard
19394 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19400 \begin_layout Standard
19410 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19416 \begin_layout Subsection
19418 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19419 name "Math ! Functions"
19424 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19425 name "sub:Functions"
19432 \begin_layout Standard
19438 contains a number of functions, such as
19439 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19443 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19451 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
19458 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
19459 avoid confusions, because
19460 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19464 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
19470 \begin_layout Standard
19471 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
19473 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
19477 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
19483 \begin_layout Standard
19484 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
19485 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
19487 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19488 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
19495 \begin_layout Subsection
19497 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
19498 name "Math ! Accents"
19505 \begin_layout Standard
19506 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19508 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19509 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
19511 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19514 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
19515 Our example is entered by typing
19523 \begin_layout Standard
19537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
19538 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
19542 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
19545 \begin_layout Standard
19546 \begin_inset Float table
19551 \begin_layout Standard
19552 \begin_inset Caption
19554 \begin_layout Standard
19555 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19556 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
19560 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
19568 \begin_layout Standard
19570 \begin_inset Tabular
19571 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19575 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19576 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19580 \begin_layout Standard
19586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19589 \begin_layout Standard
19595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19598 \begin_layout Standard
19614 <row topline="true">
19615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19618 \begin_layout Standard
19633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19636 \begin_layout Standard
19646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19649 \begin_layout Standard
19659 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19668 <row topline="true">
19669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19672 \begin_layout Standard
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19703 \begin_layout Standard
19713 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19722 <row topline="true">
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Standard
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Standard
19754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Standard
19767 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19776 <row topline="true">
19777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19780 \begin_layout Standard
19795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19798 \begin_layout Standard
19808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19811 \begin_layout Standard
19821 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19830 <row topline="true">
19831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Standard
19849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19852 \begin_layout Standard
19862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Standard
19875 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19884 <row topline="true">
19885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19888 \begin_layout Standard
19903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Standard
19916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19919 \begin_layout Standard
19929 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19938 <row topline="true">
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Standard
19957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Standard
19970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19973 \begin_layout Standard
19983 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19992 <row topline="true">
19993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19996 \begin_layout Standard
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Standard
20024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20027 \begin_layout Standard
20037 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
20046 <row topline="true">
20047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20050 \begin_layout Standard
20065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20068 \begin_layout Standard
20078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20081 \begin_layout Standard
20091 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
20100 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20104 \begin_layout Standard
20110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20113 \begin_layout Standard
20123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Standard
20136 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
20163 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
20164 made within a formula too.
20167 \begin_layout Section
20168 Brackets and Delimiters
20169 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20170 name "Math ! Brackets"
20175 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20176 name "Math ! Delimiters"
20181 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20182 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20189 \begin_layout Standard
20190 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20191 For most purposes, using just the keys
20196 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
20197 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
20203 \begin_inset Graphics
20204 filename ../images/math/delim.png
20209 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20211 \begin_inset Formula \[
20212 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20214 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
20218 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
20219 \begin_inset Formula \[
20220 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20227 \begin_layout Standard
20228 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
20229 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
20232 \begin_layout Standard
20233 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
20234 left side and right side.
20235 If you use the option
20240 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
20241 The selection will be shown below the button field.
20242 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20243 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
20246 \begin_layout Standard
20247 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
20248 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
20249 inside the brackets.
20250 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
20255 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20258 \begin_layout Standard
20259 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
20260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20270 \begin_layout Section
20272 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20273 name "Math ! Grouping"
20278 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20279 name "sec:Grouping"
20286 \begin_layout Standard
20287 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20288 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20299 \begin_layout Standard
20300 \begin_inset Formula \[
20301 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
20308 \begin_layout Standard
20309 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20324 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20325 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
20326 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
20329 \begin_layout Section
20330 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20331 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20332 name "Math ! Arrays"
20337 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20338 name "Math ! Matrices"
20343 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20344 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
20351 \begin_layout Standard
20352 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
20358 \begin_inset Graphics
20359 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
20364 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
20365 Here is an example:
20366 \begin_inset Formula \[
20367 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20370 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
20374 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
20376 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20377 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
20382 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
20383 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20384 This alignment is set in the box
20389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20437 for every column as default.
20438 For example, the sequence
20439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20450 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20451 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
20452 corresponds to the relevant column.
20453 The result will look like this:
20454 \begin_inset Formula \[
20456 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20457 column & has & has\, right\\
20458 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20465 \begin_layout Standard
20466 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20470 while the cursor is in the matrix.
20471 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
20473 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20479 \begin_layout Standard
20480 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
20481 It can be created with the menu
20483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20484 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20496 \begin_inset Formula \[
20500 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
20507 \begin_layout Standard
20508 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20511 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
20519 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
20528 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
20529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20536 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
20537 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
20538 A new row is created by every further hit of
20546 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
20547 Here is an example:
20548 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20549 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
20550 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
20554 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
20555 where you want to start the shift and hit
20560 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
20561 position to the next column.
20562 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
20563 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
20564 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20565 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20573 The multi-line formula type described here is called
20580 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
20581 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
20582 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20583 reference "eq:asquared"
20588 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20590 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20591 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
20598 \begin_layout Section
20599 Formula Numbering and Referencing
20600 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20601 name "Math ! Formula numbering"
20606 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20607 name "Math ! Referencing formulas"
20612 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20613 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
20620 \begin_layout Standard
20621 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
20623 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20624 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20625 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20634 The formula number appears in LyX as
20635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20642 within parentheses.
20644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20651 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
20653 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
20654 the document class.
20655 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
20656 separated by a dot:
20657 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20658 1+1=2\end{equation}
20667 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
20668 You can only number displayed formulas.
20671 \begin_layout Standard
20672 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
20674 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20675 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20676 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20677 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
20686 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
20687 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20689 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
20690 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
20694 To number all lines use the shortcut
20702 \begin_layout Standard
20703 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20706 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
20707 A label is inserted with the menu
20709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20712 when the cursor is in the formula.
20713 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
20714 It is recommended to use the proposed
20715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20726 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
20727 type when you have many labels in your document.
20728 We inserted in the following example the label
20729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20736 in the second line:
20737 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20738 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
20739 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
20743 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
20744 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
20746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20754 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
20756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20761 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
20762 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
20763 as the formula number:
20766 \begin_layout Standard
20767 This is a cross-reference to equation (
20768 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20769 reference "eq:tanhExp"
20776 \begin_layout Standard
20777 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
20779 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20780 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20785 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
20788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20791 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
20795 \begin_layout Standard
20796 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
20804 \begin_layout Section
20805 User defined math macros
20806 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
20807 name "Math ! Macros"
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20815 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
20816 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
20817 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
20820 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
20821 \begin_inset Formula \[
20822 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
20826 The general form of its solution is:
20827 \begin_inset Formula \[
20828 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 The macro should print the parameters
20837 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
20841 \begin_inset Formula $p$
20845 \begin_inset Formula $q$
20848 like in the equation above.
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20852 A macro is created by executing the command
20855 \begin_layout Standard
20862 \begin_layout Standard
20875 \begin_layout Standard
20884 Number\InsetSpace ~
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
20891 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
20892 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
20893 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
20897 \begin_layout Standard
20898 We have three arguments and name the macro
20899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20906 , so that the command is:
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20916 \begin_layout Standard
20929 \begin_layout Standard
20941 \begin_layout Standard
20942 This results in the following macro definition box:
20943 \begin_inset Graphics
20944 filename clipart/macrobox.png
20949 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20950 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
20951 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
20955 \begin_inset Note Note
20958 \begin_layout Standard
20959 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
20960 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
20970 the math panel or commands.
20971 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
20972 followed by the argument number, e.g.
20974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20983 for the first argument.
20984 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
20985 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
20986 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
20987 in LyX with its full size.
20988 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
20989 In our example we insert the sequence
21019 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
21022 \begin_layout Standard
21023 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
21024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21038 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
21041 \begin_layout Standard
21043 \begin_inset Graphics
21044 filename clipart/macrouse.png
21051 \begin_layout Standard
21052 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
21053 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
21054 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
21055 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
21056 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
21059 \begin_layout Standard
21060 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
21061 to the new definition.
21062 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
21063 \begin_inset Formula $x$
21067 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
21071 \begin_inset Formula $B$
21075 \begin_inset Formula \[
21076 \qE{x}{\ln(y)}{B}\]
21083 \begin_layout Standard
21084 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
21088 \begin_layout Standard
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21122 \begin_layout Standard
21133 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
21138 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
21139 definition box in your document.
21140 There are also some other restrictions: The command
21142 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
21144 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
21149 \begin_layout Section
21153 \begin_layout Subsection
21155 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21156 name "Math ! Typefaces"
21163 \begin_layout Standard
21164 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
21165 To set a font in a formula, use the
21171 \begin_inset Graphics
21172 filename ../images/math/font.png
21176 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
21178 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21179 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21186 \begin_layout Standard
21187 \begin_inset Float table
21192 \begin_layout Standard
21193 \begin_inset Caption
21195 \begin_layout Standard
21196 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21197 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
21201 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
21209 \begin_layout Standard
21211 \begin_inset Tabular
21212 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
21214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21216 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21220 \begin_layout Standard
21226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21236 <row topline="true">
21237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21240 \begin_layout Standard
21247 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
21255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21258 \begin_layout Standard
21269 <row topline="true">
21270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21273 \begin_layout Standard
21274 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
21282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21296 <row topline="true">
21297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21300 \begin_layout Standard
21301 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
21309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21312 \begin_layout Standard
21323 <row topline="true">
21324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21334 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
21342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21345 \begin_layout Standard
21356 <row topline="true">
21357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21360 \begin_layout Standard
21361 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
21369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21372 \begin_layout Standard
21383 <row topline="true">
21384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21387 \begin_layout Standard
21388 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
21396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21410 <row topline="true">
21411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21414 \begin_layout Standard
21422 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21433 \begin_layout Standard
21444 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21448 \begin_layout Standard
21449 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21460 \begin_layout Standard
21483 \begin_layout Standard
21484 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21487 \begin_layout Standard
21492 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21509 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
21510 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
21515 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
21516 protected space when you need a space in the box.
21517 Here an example where a
21518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21529 denotes the set of numbers:
21530 \begin_inset Formula \[
21531 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
21538 \begin_layout Standard
21539 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
21550 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
21555 So better don't use this feature.
21558 \begin_layout Standard
21559 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
21560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
21565 You can only print them emboldened using the command
21571 , which works like the other typeface commands:
21572 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
21578 \begin_layout Standard
21585 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
21588 \begin_layout Standard
21589 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
21591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21592 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21599 \begin_layout Subsection
21601 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21609 \begin_layout Standard
21610 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
21612 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
21615 Normal\InsetSpace ~
21625 \begin_inset Graphics
21626 filename ../images/math/font.png
21630 (alternatively the shortcut
21636 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
21637 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
21638 Here is an example:
21639 \begin_inset Formula \[
21641 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21642 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
21649 \begin_layout Subsection
21651 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21652 name "Math ! Font sizes"
21659 \begin_layout Standard
21660 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
21661 automatically chosen in most situations.
21679 For most characters,
21687 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21688 and certain other structures, are set larger in
21693 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
21694 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
21695 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
21696 \begin_inset Graphics
21697 filename ../images/math/style.png
21702 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
21703 For example, you can set
21704 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21707 , which is normally in
21716 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21720 The four styles are used in the following example:
21723 \begin_layout Standard
21724 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21728 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21732 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21736 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21742 \begin_layout Standard
21743 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
21744 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
21746 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21750 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
21751 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21752 will be adjusted to correspond.
21753 As example a formula in the font size
21754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21768 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
21774 \begin_layout Section
21776 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21782 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21790 \begin_layout Standard
21791 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
21792 (AMS) that are in common use.
21795 \begin_layout Subsection
21796 Enabling AMS-Support
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21800 Selecting the checkbox
21809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21813 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21814 name "Document ! Settings"
21823 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
21825 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
21826 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
21829 \begin_layout Subsection
21831 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21832 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21837 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21838 name "Math ! Multi-line Equations"
21845 \begin_layout Standard
21846 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21847 LyX allows you to choose between
21868 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
21871 \begin_layout Chapter
21875 \begin_layout Section
21877 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
21878 name "Cross references"
21883 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21884 name "sec:Cross-References"
21891 \begin_layout Standard
21892 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
21893 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
21895 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
21896 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
21897 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
21900 \begin_layout Enumerate
21904 \begin_layout Enumerate
21905 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21906 name "enu:Second-item"
21913 \begin_layout Enumerate
21917 \begin_layout Standard
21918 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
21920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21923 or the by pressing the toolbar button
21924 \begin_inset Graphics
21925 filename ../images/label-insert.png
21931 A grey label box like this:
21932 \begin_inset Graphics
21933 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
21938 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
21939 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
21941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21974 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
21975 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
21976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21990 \begin_layout Standard
21991 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
21993 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21996 or the toolbar button
21997 \begin_inset Graphics
21998 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
22004 A grey cross-reference box like this:
22005 \begin_inset Graphics
22006 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
22011 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
22013 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
22014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22026 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
22028 Here is our cross-reference:
22031 \begin_layout Standard
22034 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22035 reference "enu:Second-item"
22042 \begin_layout Standard
22043 It is recommended to use a protected space
22047 \begin_layout Standard
22048 described in section\InsetSpace ~
22050 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22051 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
22060 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
22064 \begin_layout Standard
22065 There are six varieties of cross-references:
22068 \begin_layout Description
22069 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
22070 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22071 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22078 \begin_layout Description
22079 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
22080 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
22082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22090 \begin_inset LatexCommand eqref
22091 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22098 \begin_layout Description
22099 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
22101 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
22102 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22109 \begin_layout Description
22112 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
22113 \begin_inset LatexCommand vpageref
22114 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22121 \begin_layout Description
22122 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
22125 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
22127 \begin_inset LatexCommand vref
22128 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
22135 \begin_layout Description
22136 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
22137 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
22140 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22143 \begin_layout Standard
22148 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
22151 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22152 name "LaTeX-packages ! prettyref"
22166 \begin_layout Standard
22167 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
22168 the previous, the same, or the next page.
22169 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22186 \begin_layout Standard
22187 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
22188 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
22189 The varieties are adjusted in the field
22193 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
22197 \begin_layout Standard
22198 You can only use the style
22202 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
22206 is always possible.
22209 \begin_layout Standard
22210 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
22211 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
22212 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
22213 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
22215 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22216 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22223 \begin_layout Standard
22230 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
22231 The button text changes then to
22236 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
22237 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
22238 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
22242 \begin_layout Standard
22243 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
22244 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
22245 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
22248 \begin_layout Standard
22249 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
22250 marks in the output instead of the reference.
22253 \begin_layout Standard
22254 References are described in detail in the
22261 \begin_layout Section
22262 Table of Contents and other Listings
22263 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22264 name "Table of contents"
22269 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22275 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22283 \begin_layout Subsection
22284 Table of Contents and Outline
22285 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22286 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
22293 \begin_layout Standard
22294 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
22296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22297 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22303 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
22304 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
22305 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
22306 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
22313 \begin_layout Standard
22314 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
22315 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
22316 in section\InsetSpace ~
22318 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22319 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
22323 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
22324 Section\InsetSpace ~
22326 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22327 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
22331 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
22333 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
22334 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
22335 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
22338 \begin_layout Standard
22339 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
22341 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
22343 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22349 \begin_layout Subsection
22350 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
22351 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22359 \begin_layout Standard
22360 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
22361 You can insert them via the
22363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22369 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
22372 \begin_layout Section
22373 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
22374 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22380 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22388 \begin_layout Standard
22389 It is often desirable to include long
22390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22397 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
22398 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
22399 to typeset properly.
22400 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
22401 resulting in an overfull line.
22402 To avoid this, use the menu
22404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22407 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
22410 \begin_layout Standard
22411 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
22415 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
22420 \begin_layout Standard
22421 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22422 name "LyX-Homepage"
22423 target "http://www.lyx.org"
22430 \begin_layout Standard
22431 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22441 \begin_layout Itemize
22442 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
22443 them with a backslash before, e.g.
22445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22457 \begin_layout Itemize
22458 URLs must not end with a backslash!
22461 \begin_layout Section
22463 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22469 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22470 name "sec:Appendices"
22477 \begin_layout Standard
22478 Appendices are created with the menu
22480 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22482 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22486 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
22487 as appendix region.
22488 The region is marked with a red borderline.
22491 \begin_layout Standard
22492 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
22493 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
22494 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
22495 and the subsection number.
22496 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
22500 \begin_layout Standard
22501 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22503 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22504 reference "cha:Credits"
22508 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
22510 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22511 reference "sub:Export"
22518 \begin_layout Section
22520 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22521 name "Bibliography"
22526 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22527 name "sec:Bibliography"
22534 \begin_layout Standard
22535 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
22536 You can include a bibliography database
22540 \begin_layout Standard
22541 Known under the name
22542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22554 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
22556 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
22560 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
22562 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22563 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
22570 \begin_layout Standard
22575 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
22577 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
22586 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
22588 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
22590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22597 , a short form of its title, as key.
22600 \begin_layout Standard
22601 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
22603 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22606 or the toobar button
22607 \begin_inset Graphics
22608 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
22609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22614 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
22615 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
22616 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
22617 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
22621 \begin_layout Standard
22622 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
22623 with surrounding brackets.
22628 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
22629 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
22631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22641 \begin_layout Standard
22644 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
22647 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22648 key "latexcompanion"
22655 \begin_layout Standard
22656 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
22657 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22665 \begin_layout Subsection
22666 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
22667 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22668 name "Bibliography ! Databases"
22673 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22674 name "Bibliography ! BibTeX"
22679 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22680 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
22687 \begin_layout Standard
22688 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
22690 It makes it also very easy to have an uniform layout for all bibliography
22692 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
22693 your working field in a database.
22694 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
22695 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
22698 \begin_layout Standard
22699 The database is a text file with the file extension
22700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22711 containing the bibliography in a special format.
22712 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
22713 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22714 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
22719 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
22723 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
22724 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs"
22730 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
22733 \begin_layout Standard
22734 To use a database, use the menu
22736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22741 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22746 \begin_layout Standard
22757 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
22758 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
22761 \begin_layout Standard
22762 The style file is a text file with the file extension
22763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22774 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
22775 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
22776 take care of the layout.
22779 \begin_layout Standard
22780 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
22783 \begin_layout Standard
22784 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
22793 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22819 \begin_layout Standard
22830 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
22838 \begin_layout Standard
22839 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
22845 \begin_layout Standard
22846 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
22847 the two methods of creating them.
22848 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
22849 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
22850 We used the style file
22854 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
22857 \begin_layout Subsection
22858 Bibliography layout
22859 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22860 name "Bibliography ! Layout"
22867 \begin_layout Standard
22868 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
22869 For this feature you need to use the option
22875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22879 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22880 name "Document ! Settings"
22889 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
22890 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
22891 in the previous section.
22894 \begin_layout Standard
22895 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
22896 in the citation reference window.
22897 Here an example where we set the text
22898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22901 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
22903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22906 to appear after the reference:
22909 \begin_layout Standard
22911 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
22913 key "latexcompanion"
22920 \begin_layout Section
22922 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
22923 name "Index generation"
22928 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22936 \begin_layout Standard
22937 An index entry is created if you place the cursor behind the word or phrase
22938 that should appear in the index and then use the menu
22940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22944 or the toobar button
22945 \begin_inset Graphics
22946 filename ../images/index-insert.png
22947 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
22953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22964 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the index entry.
22965 LyX propose the word before the cursor as entry.
22968 \begin_layout Standard
22969 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22972 \begin_layout Standard
22977 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
22978 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
22983 Therefore you cannot insert
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22992 \begin_layout Standard
22993 to an index entry field, because the
22994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23001 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns so that you will get
23003 The correct entry is
23006 \begin_layout Standard
23014 \begin_layout Standard
23015 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
23016 ways using special LaTeX commands.
23017 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
23018 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
23020 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23021 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23028 \begin_layout Standard
23029 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23033 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
23035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23038 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23043 A light blue box labeled
23044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23055 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
23056 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
23059 \begin_layout Subsection
23060 Grouping Index Entries
23061 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23062 name "Index ! Grouping"
23069 \begin_layout Standard
23070 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
23072 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
23073 lists under the entry
23074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23082 First we create the entry
23083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23090 in section\InsetSpace ~
23092 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23093 reference "sub:Lists"
23098 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
23100 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23101 reference "sec:Itemize"
23105 , we insert the command
23108 \begin_layout Standard
23114 \begin_layout Standard
23118 \begin_layout Standard
23124 \begin_layout Standard
23125 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
23127 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23128 reference "sec:Enumerate"
23135 \begin_layout Standard
23136 The exclamation mark
23137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23144 marks the grouping levels.
23145 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
23146 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
23147 If we don't have an index entry for
23148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23155 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
23158 \begin_layout Subsection
23160 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23161 name "Index ! Page ranges"
23168 \begin_layout Standard
23169 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
23171 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
23172 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
23173 in section\InsetSpace ~
23175 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23176 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
23183 \begin_layout Standard
23186 Paragraph environments|(
23189 \begin_layout Standard
23190 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
23192 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23193 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23203 Paragraph environments|)
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23231 respectively starts and ends the index range.
23232 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
23233 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
23234 the pages of the indexed document parts.
23235 An example is the index entry
23236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23239 Document ! Settings
23240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23246 \begin_layout Subsection
23248 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23249 name "Index ! Cross referencing"
23256 \begin_layout Standard
23257 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
23258 We referred for example in the index entry
23259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23266 (in section\InsetSpace ~
23268 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23269 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
23273 ) to the index entry
23274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23281 in the same section using the command
23284 \begin_layout Standard
23287 GIF|see{Image formats}
23290 \begin_layout Standard
23291 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
23292 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
23295 \begin_layout Subsection
23297 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23298 name "Index ! Entry order"
23305 \begin_layout Standard
23306 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
23307 then not follow the rules for the index order.
23308 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
23312 \begin_layout Standard
23313 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
23314 section\InsetSpace ~
23316 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23317 reference "sub:Index-Program"
23326 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
23327 We created as example the three dummy index entries
23328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23352 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23353 name "Dummy entries ! maïs"
23358 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23359 name "Dummy entries ! maître"
23364 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23365 name "Dummy entries ! maïs@maison"
23369 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
23370 order maïs, maison, maître.
23371 To achieve this, we use the command
23374 \begin_layout Standard
23377 previous entry@current entry
23380 \begin_layout Standard
23381 In our case we want to have
23382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23397 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
23400 \begin_layout Standard
23406 \begin_layout Standard
23407 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
23408 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
23412 \begin_layout Subsection
23414 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23415 name "Index ! Entry layout"
23422 \begin_layout Standard
23423 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
23424 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
23427 \begin_layout Standard
23432 textit{This is an italic entry}
23435 \begin_layout Standard
23442 produces the italic layout.
23443 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23444 name "Dummy entries ! This@\\textit{This is an italic entry}"
23448 We refer to LaTeX books (
23449 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23450 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
23454 ) for an overview of layout commands.
23455 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
23456 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
23460 \begin_layout Standard
23465 textit{This is an italic entry}
23468 \begin_layout Standard
23469 You can also format the page number using the character
23470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23477 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
23478 We can write for example
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23484 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
23487 \begin_layout Standard
23488 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
23489 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23490 name "Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums"
23494 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
23496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23511 command{page\InsetSpace ~
23515 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
23517 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23518 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23522 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
23525 \begin_layout Standard
23526 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
23528 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
23529 for all index entries.
23532 \begin_layout Subsection
23534 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23535 name "Index ! Program"
23540 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23541 name "sub:Index-Program"
23548 \begin_layout Standard
23549 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
23554 This programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
23565 \begin_layout Standard
23580 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
23586 Before you change something there, it is strongly recommended to read the
23587 manuals of the programs.
23590 \begin_layout Section
23591 Nomenclature / Glossary
23592 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23593 name "Nomenclature"
23598 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23599 name "Glossary|see{Nomenclature}"
23604 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23605 name "sec:Nomenclature"
23612 \begin_layout Standard
23613 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
23614 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
23618 \begin_layout Standard
23619 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
23622 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23623 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
23630 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
23631 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23636 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
23639 \begin_layout Standard
23640 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
23641 and then use the menu
23643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23648 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
23651 or the toobar button
23652 \begin_inset Graphics
23653 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
23654 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23671 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
23674 \begin_layout Standard
23675 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
23676 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
23677 The second is the description of the symbol.
23680 \begin_layout Standard
23681 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23684 \begin_layout Standard
23689 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
23690 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
23698 \begin_layout Subsection
23699 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
23700 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23701 name "Nomenclature ! Layout"
23708 \begin_layout Standard
23709 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
23713 field as LaTeX-formula.
23715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23719 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23744 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
23745 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
23747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23757 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23768 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
23770 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23771 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
23778 \begin_layout Standard
23784 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
23785 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
23786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23790 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23797 in this document is:
23801 dummy entry for the character
23823 font use the command
23852 \begin_layout Subsection
23853 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
23854 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23855 name "Nomenclature ! Sort order"
23862 \begin_layout Standard
23863 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
23864 the symbol definition.
23865 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
23866 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
23869 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23871 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\"\\nomnorefpage"
23878 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23882 \begin_inset LatexCommand nomenclature
23885 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
23890 They will be sorted by
23891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23917 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23920 will be sorted before the
23924 since the character
23925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23932 is considered in sorting.
23935 \begin_layout Standard
23936 To control the sort order, you can edit the
23941 field of the nomenclature dialog.
23942 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
23944 For the given example, you can insert
23948 to this field for the
23949 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23956 will be located before
23957 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
23963 \begin_layout Standard
23964 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
23969 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
23977 \begin_layout Subsection
23978 Nomenclature Options
23979 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
23980 name "Nomenclature ! Options"
23987 \begin_layout Standard
23992 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
23993 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
23996 \begin_layout Description
23997 refeq Appends the phrase
23998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24013 to every nomenclature entry, where
24019 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
24022 \begin_layout Description
24023 refpage Appends the phrase
24024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24039 to every nomenclature entry, where
24045 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
24048 \begin_layout Description
24049 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
24052 \begin_layout Standard
24053 There are furthermore the options
24097 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
24101 \begin_layout Standard
24102 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
24103 class options list in the
24105 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24109 In this document the options
24120 \begin_layout Standard
24121 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24128 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
24129 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
24134 field in the nomenclature dialog:
24137 \begin_layout Description
24147 \begin_layout Description
24150 nomrefpage Like the
24157 \begin_layout Description
24160 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
24169 \begin_layout Description
24172 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
24175 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
24178 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
24181 \begin_layout Standard
24188 was used in this document in the nomenclature entry for the
24189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24199 \begin_layout Subsection
24200 Printing the Nomenclature
24201 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24202 name "Nomenclature ! Printing"
24209 \begin_layout Standard
24210 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
24212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24215 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24219 A light blue box labeled
24220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24231 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
24232 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
24235 \begin_layout Standard
24236 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
24237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24245 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
24253 For example, in order to change the name to
24257 , add the following line to the preamble:
24260 \begin_layout Standard
24268 nomname}{List of Symbols}
24271 \begin_layout Standard
24272 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24279 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
24280 by adding the following line to the preamble:
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24291 nomlabelwidth}{width}
24294 \begin_layout Standard
24297 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
24299 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
24300 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
24305 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
24309 \begin_layout Section
24311 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24317 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24318 name "Document ! Branches"
24323 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24324 name "sec:Branches"
24331 \begin_layout Standard
24332 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
24333 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
24334 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
24335 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
24338 \begin_layout Standard
24339 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
24340 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
24341 To create a branch, go in the
24343 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24351 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
24352 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
24355 \begin_layout Standard
24356 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
24357 These boxes are inserted via the menu
24359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24362 where you can choose a branch.
24363 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
24366 \begin_layout Standard
24367 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
24368 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
24371 \begin_layout Standard
24372 \begin_inset Branch Question
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24376 Question: Who was the first Physics Nobel prize winner?
24384 \begin_layout Standard
24385 \begin_inset Branch Answer
24388 \begin_layout Standard
24389 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
24397 \begin_layout Section
24398 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
24399 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24407 \begin_layout Subsection
24409 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24415 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24416 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24424 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
24425 constructs, but not all.
24426 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
24427 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
24428 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
24429 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24430 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
24431 and their commands.
24434 \begin_layout Standard
24435 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
24438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24445 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
24446 An ERT box is created by the menu
24448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24451 or by the toolbar button
24452 \begin_inset Graphics
24453 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
24458 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
24471 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
24472 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
24483 \begin_layout Standard
24484 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
24485 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
24486 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
24493 , you can write the command part
24499 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
24503 in a second ERT box behind the word.
24504 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
24508 \begin_layout Standard
24509 \begin_inset Graphics
24510 filename clipart/ERT.png
24518 \begin_layout Standard
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24523 This is a line with a
24527 \begin_layout Standard
24540 \begin_layout Standard
24550 \begin_layout Standard
24551 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24554 \begin_layout Standard
24559 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
24560 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
24568 \begin_layout Subsection
24569 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
24570 \begin_inset OptArg
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24580 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24581 name "LaTeX Syntax"
24586 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24587 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24594 \begin_layout Standard
24595 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
24596 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
24597 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
24598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24606 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
24607 every time if you know the right commands.
24609 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
24610 the end of the day.
24611 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
24612 all caption labels bold.
24613 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
24615 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
24618 \begin_layout Standard
24619 Now LaTeX comes into play.
24620 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
24621 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
24623 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24631 \begin_layout Standard
24632 As result you know that the package
24637 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24638 name "LaTeX-packages ! caption"
24643 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
24645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24651 \begin_layout Standard
24656 usepackage[options]{package name}
24659 \begin_layout Standard
24660 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
24661 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
24662 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
24665 \begin_layout Standard
24666 In your case the package name is
24671 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
24676 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
24677 So you add the command
24680 \begin_layout Standard
24685 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
24688 \begin_layout Standard
24689 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
24692 \begin_layout Standard
24693 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
24695 For example if you use a
24699 class, you don't need the package
24703 , you can instead write
24706 \begin_layout Standard
24711 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24717 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
24718 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
24719 documentation of the document class you want to use.
24727 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
24730 \begin_layout Standard
24731 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
24732 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
24734 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
24738 \begin_layout Standard
24739 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
24741 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24742 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
24750 \begin_layout Section
24751 Previewing Snippets of your Document
24752 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24753 name "Instant preview"
24758 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24759 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
24764 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24765 name "Document ! Preview"
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24773 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
24774 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
24775 to break your train of thought with
24777 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
24785 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
24788 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24789 name "LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex"
24795 as explained below, and turn on
24797 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24802 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24809 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24816 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
24818 Previews of an already loaded document are
24822 generated just by selecting the
24824 Instant\InsetSpace ~
24827 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
24830 \begin_layout Standard
24831 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
24832 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the
24837 check box in the insert dialog.
24838 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
24842 \begin_layout Standard
24843 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
24847 (on some systems named simply
24852 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
24853 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
24858 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
24859 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
24867 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
24871 \begin_layout Standard
24872 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24879 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
24883 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24887 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
24888 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
24890 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
24891 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
24892 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
24893 the source view window.
24896 \begin_layout Section
24898 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
24899 name "sec:Spellchecking"
24904 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
24905 name "Spell checking"
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
24914 Rather it uses one of the external programs
24931 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
24937 can be seen as successor of
24941 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
24946 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
24947 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
24955 \begin_layout Standard
24956 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
24957 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24967 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24970 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
24971 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
24972 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
24973 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
24974 scrolled so that it is visible.
24979 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
24981 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
24985 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
24986 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
24989 \begin_layout Standard
24990 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
24993 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24997 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
24998 will bring an error message.
24999 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
25000 specifying a different
25002 Alternative language
25004 in preferences dialog.
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25008 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
25011 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25015 \begin_layout Standard
25016 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
25017 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
25019 But you can use the
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25029 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
25030 This does work with
25034 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
25037 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
25041 \begin_layout Standard
25046 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
25049 \begin_layout Description
25050 Escape\InsetSpace ~
25051 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
25052 checker should consider, e.g.
25053 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
25054 This should not normally be needed.
25057 \begin_layout Description
25058 Personal\InsetSpace ~
25059 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
25060 choice as your personal dictionary
25063 \begin_layout Description
25064 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25065 compound\InsetSpace ~
25066 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
25068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25078 \begin_layout Description
25081 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
25083 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25090 also for the spellchecker.
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25097 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25098 reference "sub:Settings"
25107 Enable this if you can't spell check words with international letters in
25109 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
25110 so this is disabled by default.
25113 \begin_layout Section
25115 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25121 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25122 name "sec:Thesaurus"
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25130 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
25133 \begin_layout Standard
25134 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
25137 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25140 or the toolbar button
25141 \begin_inset Graphics
25142 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
25143 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25144 rotateOrigin center
25149 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
25153 \begin_layout Standard
25154 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
25155 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
25156 cases to find related words.
25159 \begin_layout Standard
25160 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
25162 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
25163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25170 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
25171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25179 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
25180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25198 \begin_layout Section
25200 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25201 name "Change Tracking"
25206 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25207 name "Document ! Change Tracking"
25212 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25213 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
25222 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
25223 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
25224 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
25226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25227 Change\InsetSpace ~
25228 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25235 \begin_layout Standard
25236 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
25245 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
25258 \begin_layout Standard
25259 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
25260 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25261 name "Toolbar ! Review"
25268 \begin_layout Standard
25269 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25276 \begin_inset Graphics
25277 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
25284 \begin_layout Standard
25285 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25291 \begin_layout Standard
25292 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25303 \begin_layout Standard
25304 \begin_inset Tabular
25305 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
25306 <features islongtable="true">
25307 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25308 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
25309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25313 \begin_layout Standard
25314 \begin_inset Graphics
25315 filename ../images/changes-track.png
25316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25317 rotateOrigin center
25326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25329 \begin_layout Standard
25332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25333 Change\InsetSpace ~
25334 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25347 \begin_inset Graphics
25348 filename ../images/changes-output.png
25349 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25350 rotateOrigin center
25359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25362 \begin_layout Standard
25365 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25366 Change\InsetSpace ~
25367 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25369 Changes\InsetSpace ~
25377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25382 \begin_inset Graphics
25383 filename ../images/change-next.png
25384 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25385 rotateOrigin center
25394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25398 Jumps to the next change
25404 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25408 \begin_layout Standard
25409 \begin_inset Graphics
25410 filename ../images/change-accept.png
25411 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25412 rotateOrigin center
25421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25424 \begin_layout Standard
25427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25428 Change\InsetSpace ~
25429 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25430 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25441 \begin_layout Standard
25442 \begin_inset Graphics
25443 filename ../images/change-reject.png
25444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25445 rotateOrigin center
25454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25457 \begin_layout Standard
25460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25461 Change\InsetSpace ~
25462 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25463 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25474 \begin_layout Standard
25475 \begin_inset Graphics
25476 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
25477 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25478 rotateOrigin center
25487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25490 \begin_layout Standard
25493 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25494 Change\InsetSpace ~
25495 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25507 \begin_layout Standard
25508 \begin_inset Graphics
25509 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
25510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25511 rotateOrigin center
25520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25523 \begin_layout Standard
25526 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25527 Change\InsetSpace ~
25528 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25529 Accept\InsetSpace ~
25537 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25542 \begin_inset Graphics
25543 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
25544 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25545 rotateOrigin center
25554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25557 \begin_layout Standard
25560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25561 Change\InsetSpace ~
25562 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25563 Reject\InsetSpace ~
25571 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25575 \begin_layout Standard
25576 \begin_inset Graphics
25577 filename ../images/note-insert.png
25578 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25579 rotateOrigin center
25588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25591 \begin_layout Standard
25594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25595 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25603 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
25604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25608 \begin_inset Graphics
25609 filename ../images/note-next.png
25610 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
25611 rotateOrigin center
25620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25626 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25641 \begin_layout Standard
25642 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25648 \begin_layout Standard
25649 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
25650 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
25651 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
25652 the next change behind the current cursor position.
25653 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
25654 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
25655 step to the next change.
25656 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25660 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
25661 to describe a change.
25664 \begin_layout Standard
25665 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
25668 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25669 name "LaTeX-packages ! dvipost"
25676 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25677 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25682 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25685 \begin_layout Section
25686 International Support
25687 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25688 name "International support"
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25696 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
25697 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
25698 how to set up LyX to use them:
25699 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
25700 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
25707 \begin_layout Standard
25708 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
25710 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25711 reference "sub:Special-Character"
25718 \begin_layout Subsection
25720 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25721 name "Language ! Options"
25726 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25727 name "Document ! Settings"
25732 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25733 name "Document ! Language"
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25746 dialog lets you set
25748 the language and character encoding for your language.
25752 \begin_layout Standard
25753 Choose your language in the
25759 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25768 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25776 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
25777 When you select the encoding
25784 Use language's default encoding
25786 , the encoding is used that LaTeX uses by default for the selected language,
25787 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
25794 The different encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
25796 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25797 reference "sub:Settings"
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25805 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
25806 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
25807 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
25808 for that matter), the
25812 encoding is the right choice for most purposes.
25813 Besides this, you will find some alternative Unicode encodings for specific
25822 are provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean),
25826 , finally, should be chosen for
25830 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
25835 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
25836 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25845 See section\InsetSpace ~
25847 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25848 reference "sub:Settings"
25860 \begin_layout Subsection
25861 Keyboard mapping configuration
25864 \begin_layout Standard
25865 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
25866 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
25867 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
25868 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
25869 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
25870 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
25871 which one you want to use.
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25875 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
25876 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
25877 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
25878 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
25879 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
25880 one to support the characters you want.
25881 This and much more customizations are explained in the
25888 \begin_layout Subsection
25890 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25901 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
25902 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
25911 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
25915 \begin_layout Standard
25916 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
25917 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
25925 \begin_layout Itemize
25926 Even if you have selected
25932 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25935 dialog, users who have only the
25939 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
25943 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
25944 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
25945 french quotes won't show up.
25948 \begin_layout Standard
25949 \begin_inset Float table
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25955 \begin_inset Caption
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25958 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
25959 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25977 \begin_inset Tabular
25978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
25980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25982 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25992 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
25996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
25997 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
25998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26010 \begin_layout Standard
26025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26028 \begin_layout Standard
26043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26046 \begin_layout Standard
26061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26064 \begin_layout Standard
26079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26082 \begin_layout Standard
26097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26136 \begin_layout Standard
26151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26172 \begin_layout Standard
26187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26208 \begin_layout Standard
26223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26296 <row topline="true">
26297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26327 \begin_layout Standard
26333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26336 \begin_layout Standard
26342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26345 \begin_layout Standard
26359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26362 \begin_layout Standard
26376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26379 \begin_layout Standard
26393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26396 \begin_layout Standard
26410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26413 \begin_layout Standard
26427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26430 \begin_layout Standard
26436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26439 \begin_layout Standard
26445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26448 \begin_layout Standard
26454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26457 \begin_layout Standard
26471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26508 \begin_layout Standard
26522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26540 <row topline="true">
26541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26562 \begin_layout Standard
26568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26700 \begin_layout Standard
26714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26800 <row topline="true">
26801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26804 \begin_layout Standard
26819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26860 \begin_layout Standard
26874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26877 \begin_layout Standard
26891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26894 \begin_layout Standard
26908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26911 \begin_layout Standard
26925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26928 \begin_layout Standard
26942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26945 \begin_layout Standard
26951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26954 \begin_layout Standard
26960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26972 \begin_layout Standard
26986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26989 \begin_layout Standard
27003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27006 \begin_layout Standard
27020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27023 \begin_layout Standard
27037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27040 \begin_layout Standard
27055 <row topline="true">
27056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27059 \begin_layout Standard
27074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27077 \begin_layout Standard
27083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27086 \begin_layout Standard
27092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27095 \begin_layout Standard
27109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27129 \begin_layout Standard
27143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27146 \begin_layout Standard
27160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27163 \begin_layout Standard
27177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27197 \begin_layout Standard
27203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27300 \begin_layout Standard
27315 <row topline="true">
27316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27355 \begin_layout Standard
27369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27372 \begin_layout Standard
27386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27389 \begin_layout Standard
27403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27406 \begin_layout Standard
27420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27423 \begin_layout Standard
27437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27440 \begin_layout Standard
27454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27457 \begin_layout Standard
27463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27466 \begin_layout Standard
27472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27501 \begin_layout Standard
27515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27518 \begin_layout Standard
27532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27535 \begin_layout Standard
27549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27567 <row topline="true">
27568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27607 \begin_layout Standard
27621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27675 \begin_layout Standard
27689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27819 <row topline="true">
27820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27850 \begin_layout Standard
27856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27859 \begin_layout Standard
27873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27876 \begin_layout Standard
27890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27893 \begin_layout Standard
27907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27927 \begin_layout Standard
27941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27961 \begin_layout Standard
27967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27988 \begin_layout Standard
28002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28005 \begin_layout Standard
28019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28071 <row topline="true">
28072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28111 \begin_layout Standard
28125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28128 \begin_layout Standard
28142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28213 \begin_layout Standard
28219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28222 \begin_layout Standard
28228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28331 <row topline="true">
28332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28335 \begin_layout Standard
28350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28353 \begin_layout Standard
28359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28362 \begin_layout Standard
28368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28371 \begin_layout Standard
28385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28388 \begin_layout Standard
28402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28405 \begin_layout Standard
28419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28439 \begin_layout Standard
28453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28456 \begin_layout Standard
28470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28473 \begin_layout Standard
28479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28491 \begin_layout Standard
28505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28508 \begin_layout Standard
28522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28542 \begin_layout Standard
28556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28576 \begin_layout Standard
28591 <row topline="true">
28592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28595 \begin_layout Standard
28610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28622 \begin_layout Standard
28628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28665 \begin_layout Standard
28679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28682 \begin_layout Standard
28696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28699 \begin_layout Standard
28713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28716 \begin_layout Standard
28730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28733 \begin_layout Standard
28739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28742 \begin_layout Standard
28748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28751 \begin_layout Standard
28765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28768 \begin_layout Standard
28782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28785 \begin_layout Standard
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28819 \begin_layout Standard
28833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28851 <row topline="true">
28852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28855 \begin_layout Standard
28870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28873 \begin_layout Standard
28879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28882 \begin_layout Standard
28888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28891 \begin_layout Standard
28905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28908 \begin_layout Standard
28922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28925 \begin_layout Standard
28939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28942 \begin_layout Standard
28956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28993 \begin_layout Standard
28999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29011 \begin_layout Standard
29025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29028 \begin_layout Standard
29042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29045 \begin_layout Standard
29059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29062 \begin_layout Standard
29076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29079 \begin_layout Standard
29093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29111 <row topline="true">
29112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29115 \begin_layout Standard
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Standard
29139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29168 \begin_layout Standard
29182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29185 \begin_layout Standard
29199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29236 \begin_layout Standard
29250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29339 \begin_layout Standard
29353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29356 \begin_layout Standard
29371 <row topline="true">
29372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29375 \begin_layout Standard
29390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29393 \begin_layout Standard
29399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29402 \begin_layout Standard
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29428 \begin_layout Standard
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29481 \begin_layout Standard
29495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29498 \begin_layout Standard
29512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29515 \begin_layout Standard
29521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29524 \begin_layout Standard
29530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29533 \begin_layout Standard
29547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29550 \begin_layout Standard
29564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29567 \begin_layout Standard
29581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29584 \begin_layout Standard
29598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29601 \begin_layout Standard
29615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29618 \begin_layout Standard
29633 <row topline="true">
29634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29637 \begin_layout Standard
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Standard
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Standard
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Standard
29721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29724 \begin_layout Standard
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Standard
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29775 \begin_layout Standard
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Standard
29790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29793 \begin_layout Standard
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Standard
29816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29819 \begin_layout Standard
29833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29836 \begin_layout Standard
29850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29853 \begin_layout Standard
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Standard
29885 <row topline="true">
29886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29889 \begin_layout Standard
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Standard
29913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29916 \begin_layout Standard
29922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29925 \begin_layout Standard
29939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29942 \begin_layout Standard
29956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29959 \begin_layout Standard
29973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29976 \begin_layout Standard
29990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29993 \begin_layout Standard
30007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30010 \begin_layout Standard
30024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30027 \begin_layout Standard
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Standard
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Standard
30059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30062 \begin_layout Standard
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Standard
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Standard
30110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30113 \begin_layout Standard
30127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30130 \begin_layout Standard
30145 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Standard
30164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Standard
30173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Standard
30199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30202 \begin_layout Standard
30216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30219 \begin_layout Standard
30233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30236 \begin_layout Standard
30250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30253 \begin_layout Standard
30267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30270 \begin_layout Standard
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Standard
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Standard
30294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Standard
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Standard
30328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30331 \begin_layout Standard
30345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30348 \begin_layout Standard
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Standard
30379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30382 \begin_layout Standard
30409 \begin_layout Standard
30410 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
30412 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
30413 also the characters from
30425 \begin_layout Itemize
30434 \begin_layout Standard
30435 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
30440 \begin_layout Standard
30441 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
30446 \begin_layout Standard
30447 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
30452 \begin_layout Standard
30453 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
30458 \begin_layout Standard
30464 \begin_layout Standard
30470 \begin_layout Standard
30477 \begin_layout Itemize
30490 \begin_layout Standard
30496 \begin_layout Standard
30502 \begin_layout Standard
30508 \begin_layout Standard
30514 \begin_layout Standard
30520 \begin_layout Standard
30527 \begin_layout Standard
30528 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
30529 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
30530 Also make sure you're using the
30537 \begin_layout Chapter
30540 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30541 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
30548 \begin_layout Standard
30549 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
30550 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
30551 inside the user's guide.
30554 \begin_layout Section
30556 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30564 \begin_layout Standard
30569 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
30570 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
30573 \begin_layout Subsection
30577 \begin_layout Standard
30578 Creates a new document.
30581 \begin_layout Subsection
30585 \begin_layout Standard
30586 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
30587 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
30588 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
30591 \begin_layout Subsection
30595 \begin_layout Standard
30599 \begin_layout Subsection
30603 \begin_layout Standard
30604 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
30605 Click there on a file to open it.
30608 \begin_layout Subsection
30612 \begin_layout Standard
30613 Closes the current document.
30616 \begin_layout Subsection
30620 \begin_layout Standard
30621 Saves the actual document.
30624 \begin_layout Subsection
30628 \begin_layout Standard
30629 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
30632 \begin_layout Subsection
30636 \begin_layout Standard
30637 Reloads the actual document from disk.
30640 \begin_layout Subsection
30644 \begin_layout Standard
30645 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
30646 It is described in the section
30648 Version Control in LyX
30652 Extended\InsetSpace ~
30658 \begin_layout Subsection
30662 \begin_layout Standard
30663 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
30664 text files (ASCII-files).
30665 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
30668 \begin_layout Standard
30669 When using the menu
30672 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
30675 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
30676 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
30677 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
30678 will start a new paragraph.
30681 \begin_layout Subsection
30683 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
30691 \begin_layout Standard
30692 You can export your document to various file formats.
30693 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
30694 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
30695 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
30698 \begin_layout Standard
30699 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
30700 section\InsetSpace ~
30702 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30703 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
30710 \begin_layout Description
30716 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
30717 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
30720 \begin_layout Description
30728 \begin_layout Description
30729 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
30733 \begin_layout Description
30736 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
30741 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
30749 \begin_layout Description
30756 \begin_layout Standard
30766 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
30767 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
30771 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
30774 \begin_layout Description
30781 \begin_layout Standard
30791 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
30792 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
30800 \begin_layout Description
30802 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
30803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30810 is replaced by the version number)
30813 \begin_layout Description
30814 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
30827 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
30831 \begin_layout Description
30836 PDF-format using the program
30841 \begin_layout Description
30847 PDF-format using the program
30852 \begin_layout Description
30858 PDF-format using the program
30863 \begin_layout Description
30872 \begin_layout Description
30879 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
30880 and then exported as text using the program
30885 \begin_layout Description
30890 PostScript format using the program
30895 \begin_layout Description
30903 \begin_layout Standard
30908 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
30909 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
30915 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
30918 \begin_layout Standard
30919 If one of the menu entries
30932 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
30933 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
30935 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30936 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
30941 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
30942 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
30949 \begin_layout Standard
30954 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
30955 the export program.
30958 \begin_layout Subsection
30962 \begin_layout Standard
30963 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
30964 or send it to a printer.
30965 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
30966 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
30972 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
30974 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
30975 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
30982 \begin_layout Subsection
30983 New and Close Window
30986 \begin_layout Standard
30987 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
30988 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
30991 \begin_layout Section
30993 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31001 \begin_layout Subsection
31005 \begin_layout Standard
31006 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31008 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31009 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
31016 \begin_layout Subsection
31017 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
31020 \begin_layout Standard
31021 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31023 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31024 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31031 \begin_layout Subsection
31035 \begin_layout Standard
31036 Selects the whole document.
31039 \begin_layout Subsection
31041 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31042 name "Dialogs ! Find \\& Replace"
31049 \begin_layout Standard
31050 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31052 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31053 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
31060 \begin_layout Subsection
31061 Move paragraph Up/Down
31064 \begin_layout Standard
31065 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
31069 \begin_layout Subsection
31071 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31072 name "Dialogs ! Text Style"
31079 \begin_layout Standard
31080 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
31082 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31083 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
31090 \begin_layout Subsection
31092 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31093 name "Paragraph ! Settings"
31100 \begin_layout Standard
31101 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
31103 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
31106 \begin_layout Standard
31107 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
31108 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
31111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31122 \begin_layout Subsection
31126 \begin_layout Standard
31127 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
31128 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
31129 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31131 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31132 reference "sec:Tables"
31136 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31138 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31139 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31146 \begin_layout Subsection
31147 Increase / Decrease List Depth
31150 \begin_layout Standard
31151 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
31153 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31155 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31156 reference "sec:Nesting"
31161 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31162 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
31169 \begin_layout Section
31171 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31179 \begin_layout Standard
31184 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
31185 document with an external program.
31186 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
31187 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
31188 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
31190 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31191 reference "sub:Export"
31196 You should at least see the menu entries
31206 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
31207 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
31209 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31210 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
31215 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31216 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
31223 \begin_layout Standard
31224 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
31225 The viewer can be set in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
31227 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31228 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
31233 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured or later
31237 \begin_layout Standard
31238 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
31241 At the bottom of the
31245 menu the opened documents are listed.
31248 \begin_layout Subsection
31252 \begin_layout Standard
31253 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
31254 in section\InsetSpace ~
31256 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31257 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
31264 \begin_layout Subsection
31268 \begin_layout Standard
31269 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
31270 opening a new view window.
31273 \begin_layout Subsection
31275 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31276 name "sub:Toolbars"
31281 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31289 \begin_layout Standard
31290 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
31291 All toolbars and the
31293 Command\InsetSpace ~
31296 can be turned on and off.
31301 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
31319 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
31323 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
31330 \begin_layout Standard
31335 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
31339 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
31340 or when a certain feature is enabled.
31341 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
31342 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
31343 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
31346 \begin_layout Standard
31347 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
31349 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31350 reference "sec:Toolbars"
31357 \begin_layout Section
31359 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31360 name "Menu ! Insert"
31367 \begin_layout Subsection
31371 \begin_layout Standard
31372 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
31374 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31375 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
31382 \begin_layout Subsection
31384 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
31385 name "sub:Special-Character"
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31393 Here you can insert the following characters:
31396 \begin_layout Description
31397 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
31401 \begin_layout Description
31404 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31406 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31407 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
31414 \begin_layout Description
31415 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
31416 Quote Inserts this quote:
31417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31420 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
31422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31432 \begin_layout Description
31433 Single\InsetSpace ~
31434 Quote Inserts this quote:
31435 \begin_inset Quotes els
31441 \begin_layout Description
31443 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
31447 \begin_layout Description
31448 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
31450 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31451 name "Phonetic symbols"
31456 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31457 name "Language ! Phonetic symbols"
31461 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
31462 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
31463 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
31468 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31469 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
31475 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
31479 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
31486 and this Wiki-page:
31489 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
31490 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX"
31497 \begin_layout Subsection
31501 \begin_layout Standard
31502 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
31505 \begin_layout Description
31506 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
31507 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
31513 \begin_layout Description
31514 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
31515 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
31521 \begin_layout Description
31522 Protected\InsetSpace ~
31523 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31525 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31526 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
31533 \begin_layout Description
31534 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
31535 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31537 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31538 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
31545 \begin_layout Description
31547 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31549 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31550 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
31557 \begin_layout Description
31558 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31559 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
31561 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31562 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
31569 \begin_layout Description
31570 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
31571 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
31573 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31574 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
31581 \begin_layout Description
31582 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
31583 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
31585 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31586 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
31593 \begin_layout Description
31594 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
31595 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
31597 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31598 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
31605 \begin_layout Description
31606 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
31607 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
31609 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31610 reference "sub:Ligatures"
31617 \begin_layout Description
31619 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
31621 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31622 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
31629 \begin_layout Description
31631 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31633 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31634 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
31641 \begin_layout Description
31643 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31645 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31646 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31653 \begin_layout Description
31655 Double\InsetSpace ~
31656 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31658 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31659 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
31666 \begin_layout Subsection
31670 \begin_layout Standard
31671 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
31672 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
31673 in section\InsetSpace ~
31675 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31676 reference "sec:toc"
31681 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
31683 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31684 reference "sec:Index"
31688 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
31690 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31691 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31695 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
31697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31698 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
31705 \begin_layout Subsection
31709 \begin_layout Standard
31710 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31712 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31713 reference "sec:Floats"
31720 \begin_layout Subsection
31724 \begin_layout Standard
31725 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
31727 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31728 reference "sec:Notes"
31735 \begin_layout Subsection
31739 \begin_layout Standard
31740 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31742 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31743 reference "sec:Branches"
31750 \begin_layout Subsection
31752 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31753 name "External Material"
31760 \begin_layout Standard
31761 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
31762 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
31773 \begin_layout Subsection
31775 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31783 \begin_layout Standard
31784 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
31786 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31787 reference "sec:Minipages"
31792 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
31803 \begin_layout Subsection
31807 \begin_layout Standard
31808 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31810 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31811 reference "sec:Bibliography"
31818 \begin_layout Subsection
31822 \begin_layout Standard
31823 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31825 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31826 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31833 \begin_layout Subsection
31837 \begin_layout Standard
31838 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31840 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31841 reference "sec:Cross-References"
31848 \begin_layout Subsection
31850 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31856 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
31857 name "Longtables ! Caption"
31864 \begin_layout Standard
31865 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
31866 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31868 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31869 reference "sec:Floats"
31873 , cations in longtables are described in section
31884 \begin_layout Subsection
31888 \begin_layout Standard
31889 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31891 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31892 reference "sec:Index"
31899 \begin_layout Subsection
31903 \begin_layout Standard
31904 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31906 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31907 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
31914 \begin_layout Subsection
31918 \begin_layout Standard
31920 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31922 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31923 reference "sec:Tables"
31930 \begin_layout Subsection
31934 \begin_layout Standard
31936 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
31938 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31939 reference "sec:Graphics"
31946 \begin_layout Subsection
31950 \begin_layout Standard
31951 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
31953 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31954 reference "sec:URL"
31961 \begin_layout Subsection
31965 \begin_layout Standard
31966 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
31968 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31969 reference "sec:Footnotes"
31976 \begin_layout Subsection
31980 \begin_layout Standard
31981 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
31983 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31984 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
31991 \begin_layout Subsection
31995 \begin_layout Standard
31996 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
31998 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
31999 reference "sec:Footnotes"
32006 \begin_layout Subsection
32010 \begin_layout Standard
32011 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
32013 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32014 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
32021 \begin_layout Subsection
32023 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32024 name "Program listings"
32031 \begin_layout Standard
32032 Inserts a program listings box.
32033 Program listings are explained in chapter
32035 Program Code Listings
32044 \begin_layout Subsection
32048 \begin_layout Standard
32049 Inserts the actual date in the following form: month/day/year
32052 \begin_layout Standard
32053 The format is independent of the document language.
32054 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
32064 There the different methods are also compared.
32067 \begin_layout Section
32069 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32070 name "Menu ! Navigate"
32077 \begin_layout Standard
32078 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
32079 the current document.
32080 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
32083 \begin_layout Standard
32084 The Navigate menu also offers to
32087 \begin_layout Subsection
32091 \begin_layout Standard
32092 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
32093 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
32095 between section\InsetSpace ~
32097 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
32098 2.5 and use the menu
32102 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32106 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
32110 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
32114 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
32126 \begin_layout Standard
32127 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
32128 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
32131 \begin_layout Subsection
32132 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
32135 \begin_layout Standard
32136 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
32140 \begin_layout Subsection
32144 \begin_layout Standard
32145 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
32146 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
32147 on a cross-reference box.
32150 \begin_layout Section
32152 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32153 name "Menu ! Document"
32160 \begin_layout Subsection
32164 \begin_layout Standard
32165 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32167 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32168 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
32175 \begin_layout Subsection
32180 \begin_layout Standard
32190 \begin_layout Standard
32191 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
32193 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
32196 \begin_layout Standard
32197 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
32202 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
32205 \begin_layout Subsection
32209 \begin_layout Standard
32210 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32212 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32213 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
32220 \begin_layout Subsection
32221 Start Appendix Here
32224 \begin_layout Standard
32225 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
32226 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
32228 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32229 reference "sec:Appendices"
32236 \begin_layout Subsection
32240 \begin_layout Standard
32241 Un/compresses the actual document.
32244 \begin_layout Subsection
32246 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32247 name "sub:Settings"
32252 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32253 name "Document ! Settings"
32260 \begin_layout Standard
32261 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
32263 You can save your document settings as default with the
32265 Save as Document Defaults
32267 button in the dialog.
32268 This will create a template named
32272 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
32276 \begin_layout Standard
32277 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
32280 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32284 \begin_layout Standard
32285 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
32286 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32288 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32289 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
32294 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
32299 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
32300 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
32303 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32307 \begin_layout Standard
32308 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32310 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32311 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
32318 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32322 \begin_layout Standard
32323 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
32325 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
32329 \begin_layout Standard
32330 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
32331 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
32332 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
32335 \begin_layout Standard
32336 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
32344 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32348 \begin_layout Standard
32349 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32351 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32352 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
32357 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32358 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
32365 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32369 \begin_layout Standard
32370 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
32372 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32373 reference "sub:Margins"
32380 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32382 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32383 name "Language ! Encoding"
32390 \begin_layout Standard
32391 The document language and quote styles are set here.
32392 The encoding is necessary to be able to enter characters in the document
32395 you want to enter the æ-ligature directly with the keyboard and not by
32396 using LaTeX-commands.
32399 \begin_layout Standard
32400 If you use the option
32402 use language's default encoding
32404 , the default encoding for the selected language is used.
32407 \begin_layout Standard
32408 Here is a list with the important encodings:
32411 \begin_layout Description
32412 amscii8 encoding for Armenian
32415 \begin_layout Description
32416 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
32419 \begin_layout Description
32420 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
32423 \begin_layout Description
32424 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
32427 \begin_layout Description
32428 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
32431 \begin_layout Description
32432 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
32435 \begin_layout Description
32436 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
32437 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
32440 \begin_layout Description
32441 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
32442 Serbian, and Ukrainian
32445 \begin_layout Description
32446 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
32449 \begin_layout Description
32450 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
32453 \begin_layout Description
32454 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
32457 \begin_layout Description
32458 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
32461 \begin_layout Description
32462 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
32463 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
32464 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
32468 \begin_layout Description
32469 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
32470 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
32473 \begin_layout Description
32474 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
32478 \begin_layout Description
32479 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
32482 \begin_layout Description
32483 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
32484 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
32487 \begin_layout Description
32488 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
32489 the euro currency sign, the
32493 \begin_layout Standard
32502 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
32503 be the replacement for latin1
32506 \begin_layout Description
32507 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
32510 \begin_layout Description
32511 utf8 code page for Unicode utf8
32514 \begin_layout Description
32515 UTF8 code page provided for CJK languages (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
32518 \begin_layout Description
32519 utf8-plain code page provided to be used with for
32527 \begin_layout Standard
32528 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
32529 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
32531 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found here:
32532 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
32533 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
32542 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
32547 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32548 name "LaTeX-packages ! inputenc"
32555 \begin_layout Description
32556 utf8x code page provided for CJK languages
32559 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32563 \begin_layout Standard
32564 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
32565 in section\InsetSpace ~
32567 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32568 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32575 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32579 \begin_layout Standard
32580 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
32583 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32584 name "LaTeX-packages ! natbib"
32595 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32596 name "LaTeX-packages ! jurabib"
32601 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
32603 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32604 reference "sec:Bibliography"
32611 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32615 \begin_layout Standard
32616 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
32619 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32620 name "LaTeX-packages ! amsmath"
32629 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32630 name "LaTeX-packages ! esint"
32636 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
32639 \begin_layout Standard
32644 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
32645 assure that you have enabled AMS.
32648 \begin_layout Standard
32653 is used for special integral characters.
32656 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32660 \begin_layout Standard
32661 The float placement options are described in section
32662 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32666 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32667 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
32674 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32678 \begin_layout Standard
32679 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
32680 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32682 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32683 reference "sec:Itemize"
32690 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32694 \begin_layout Standard
32695 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32697 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32698 reference "sec:Branches"
32705 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
32710 \begin_layout Standard
32720 \begin_layout Standard
32721 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
32722 to define LaTeX-commands.
32723 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
32724 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
32728 \begin_layout Standard
32729 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
32731 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32732 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
32739 \begin_layout Section
32741 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32742 name "Menu ! Tools"
32749 \begin_layout Subsection
32753 \begin_layout Standard
32754 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32756 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32757 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
32764 \begin_layout Subsection
32768 \begin_layout Standard
32769 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
32771 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32772 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
32779 \begin_layout Subsection
32781 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32789 \begin_layout Standard
32790 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
32794 \begin_layout Subsection
32799 \begin_layout Standard
32807 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32808 name "TeX Information"
32815 \begin_layout Standard
32816 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
32819 \begin_layout Subsection
32821 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32822 name "Reconfiguration of LyX"
32827 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32828 name "LyX ! Reconfigure|see{Reconfiguration of LyX}"
32835 \begin_layout Standard
32836 This menu reconfigures LyX.
32837 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
32839 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32840 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32847 \begin_layout Subsection
32851 \begin_layout Standard
32852 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
32853 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
32857 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32858 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
32865 \begin_layout Section
32867 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32875 \begin_layout Standard
32876 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
32880 \begin_layout Standard
32886 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
32887 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
32889 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32890 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
32897 \begin_layout Section
32899 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
32900 name "sec:Toolbars"
32907 \begin_layout Standard
32908 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32910 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
32911 reference "sub:Toolbars"
32918 \begin_layout Standard
32919 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
32920 This is described in the
32928 \begin_layout Subsection
32930 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
32931 name "Toolbar ! Standard"
32938 \begin_layout Standard
32939 \begin_inset Graphics
32940 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
32948 \begin_layout Standard
32949 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32955 \begin_layout Standard
32956 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32961 \begin_layout Standard
32973 \begin_inset Note Note
32976 \begin_layout Standard
32977 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
32982 manual for more information.
32990 \begin_layout Standard
32991 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32997 \begin_layout Standard
32998 \begin_inset Tabular
32999 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
33000 <features islongtable="true">
33001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Standard
33008 \begin_inset Graphics
33009 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Standard
33023 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
33036 \begin_layout Standard
33037 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
33043 \begin_layout Standard
33045 \begin_inset Tabular
33046 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
33047 <features islongtable="true">
33048 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33049 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33050 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33054 \begin_layout Standard
33057 \begin_inset Graphics
33058 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
33059 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33071 \begin_layout Standard
33074 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33081 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33085 \begin_layout Standard
33086 \begin_inset Graphics
33087 filename ../images/file-open.png
33088 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33100 \begin_layout Standard
33103 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33110 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Standard
33115 \begin_inset Graphics
33116 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
33117 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Standard
33132 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33139 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33143 \begin_layout Standard
33144 \begin_inset Graphics
33145 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
33146 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
33155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33158 \begin_layout Standard
33161 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Standard
33173 \begin_inset Graphics
33174 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
33175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Standard
33190 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Standard
33202 \begin_inset Graphics
33203 filename ../images/undo.png
33204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Standard
33219 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Standard
33231 \begin_inset Graphics
33232 filename ../images/redo.png
33233 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33245 \begin_layout Standard
33248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Standard
33260 \begin_inset Graphics
33261 filename ../images/cut.png
33262 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Standard
33277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33284 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Standard
33289 \begin_inset Graphics
33290 filename ../images/copy.png
33291 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Standard
33306 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33313 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Standard
33318 \begin_inset Graphics
33319 filename ../images/paste.png
33320 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Standard
33335 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Standard
33347 \begin_inset Graphics
33348 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
33349 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33350 rotateOrigin center
33359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33362 \begin_layout Standard
33365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33366 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33367 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
33374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Standard
33379 \begin_inset Graphics
33380 filename ../images/font-emph.png
33381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Standard
33394 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
33396 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Standard
33411 \begin_inset Graphics
33412 filename ../images/font-noun.png
33413 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Standard
33426 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
33428 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Standard
33443 \begin_inset Graphics
33444 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
33445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33457 \begin_layout Standard
33458 Formats text using the current settings in the
33460 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33470 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Standard
33475 \begin_inset Graphics
33476 filename ../images/math-mode.png
33477 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Standard
33492 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33493 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33494 Inline\InsetSpace ~
33501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33505 \begin_layout Standard
33506 \begin_inset Graphics
33507 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
33508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33509 rotateOrigin center
33518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33521 \begin_layout Standard
33524 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33531 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Standard
33536 \begin_inset Graphics
33537 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
33538 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33539 rotateOrigin center
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Standard
33554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Standard
33566 \begin_inset Graphics
33567 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
33568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33569 rotateOrigin center
33578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33581 \begin_layout Standard
33582 Toggle outline window on/off,
33584 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Standard
33596 \begin_inset Graphics
33597 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
33598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33599 rotateOrigin center
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Standard
33612 Toggle math toolbar on/off
33618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33622 \begin_layout Standard
33623 \begin_inset Graphics
33624 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
33625 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33626 rotateOrigin center
33635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33638 \begin_layout Standard
33639 Toggle table toolbar on/off
33652 \begin_layout Subsection
33654 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
33655 name "Toolbar ! Extra"
33662 \begin_layout Standard
33663 \begin_inset Graphics
33664 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
33672 \begin_layout Standard
33673 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33679 \begin_layout Standard
33680 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
33684 \begin_layout Standard
33685 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
33691 \begin_layout Standard
33692 \begin_inset Tabular
33693 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
33694 <features islongtable="true">
33695 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33696 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
33697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Standard
33702 \begin_inset Graphics
33703 filename ../images/layout.png
33704 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33705 rotateOrigin center
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Standard
33724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Standard
33729 \begin_inset Graphics
33730 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
33731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33732 rotateOrigin center
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Standard
33751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33755 \begin_layout Standard
33756 \begin_inset Graphics
33757 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
33758 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33759 rotateOrigin center
33768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33771 \begin_layout Standard
33778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Standard
33783 \begin_inset Graphics
33784 filename ../images/layout_List.png
33785 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33786 rotateOrigin center
33795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33798 \begin_layout Standard
33805 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33809 \begin_layout Standard
33810 \begin_inset Graphics
33811 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
33812 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33813 rotateOrigin center
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Standard
33832 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Standard
33837 \begin_inset Graphics
33838 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
33839 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33840 rotateOrigin center
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Standard
33855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33856 Increase\InsetSpace ~
33864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Standard
33869 \begin_inset Graphics
33870 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
33871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
33872 rotateOrigin center
33881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33884 \begin_layout Standard
33887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33888 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
33896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Standard
33901 \begin_inset Graphics
33902 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
33903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33915 \begin_layout Standard
33918 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33919 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Standard
33931 \begin_inset Graphics
33932 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
33933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Standard
33948 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33949 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33960 \begin_layout Standard
33961 \begin_inset Graphics
33962 filename ../images/label-insert.png
33963 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
33972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33975 \begin_layout Standard
33978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
33986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33989 \begin_layout Standard
33990 \begin_inset Graphics
33991 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
33992 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34004 \begin_layout Standard
34007 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Standard
34019 \begin_inset Graphics
34020 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
34021 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34033 \begin_layout Standard
34036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34047 \begin_layout Standard
34048 \begin_inset Graphics
34049 filename ../images/index-insert.png
34050 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34073 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Standard
34078 \begin_inset Graphics
34079 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
34080 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34092 \begin_layout Standard
34095 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34096 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
34103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34107 \begin_layout Standard
34108 \begin_inset Graphics
34109 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
34110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Standard
34125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34132 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34136 \begin_layout Standard
34137 \begin_inset Graphics
34138 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
34139 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34140 rotateOrigin center
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Standard
34155 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34156 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
34163 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34167 \begin_layout Standard
34168 \begin_inset Graphics
34169 filename ../images/note-insert.png
34170 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34186 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34194 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Standard
34199 \begin_inset Graphics
34200 filename ../images/url-insert.png
34201 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Standard
34216 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34223 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Standard
34228 \begin_inset Graphics
34229 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
34230 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Standard
34245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34252 \begin_layout Standard
34267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34271 \begin_layout Standard
34272 \begin_inset Graphics
34273 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
34274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
34283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34290 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34302 \begin_layout Standard
34303 \begin_inset Graphics
34304 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
34305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34306 rotateOrigin center
34315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34318 \begin_layout Standard
34321 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34333 \begin_layout Standard
34334 \begin_inset Graphics
34335 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
34336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34337 rotateOrigin center
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Standard
34352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34353 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
34360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34364 \begin_layout Standard
34365 \begin_inset Graphics
34366 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
34367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34368 rotateOrigin center
34377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34380 \begin_layout Standard
34383 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34397 \begin_layout Subsection
34398 View / Update Toolbar
34399 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34400 name "Toolbar ! View / Update"
34407 \begin_layout Standard
34408 \begin_inset Graphics
34409 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
34416 \begin_layout Standard
34417 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34423 \begin_layout Standard
34424 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
34428 \begin_layout Standard
34429 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
34435 \begin_layout Standard
34436 \begin_inset Tabular
34437 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
34438 <features islongtable="true">
34439 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34440 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
34441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34446 \begin_inset Graphics
34447 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
34448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34449 rotateOrigin center
34458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34461 \begin_layout Standard
34464 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34476 \begin_inset Graphics
34477 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
34478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34479 rotateOrigin center
34488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34494 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34495 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34502 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34506 \begin_layout Standard
34507 \begin_inset Graphics
34508 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
34509 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34510 rotateOrigin center
34519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34522 \begin_layout Standard
34525 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34537 \begin_inset Graphics
34538 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
34539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34540 rotateOrigin center
34549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34555 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34556 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34562 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
34563 functionality is merged with
34565 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Standard
34585 \begin_inset Graphics
34586 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
34587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34588 rotateOrigin center
34597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34600 \begin_layout Standard
34603 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
34611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34614 \begin_layout Standard
34615 \begin_inset Graphics
34616 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
34617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
34618 rotateOrigin center
34627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34630 \begin_layout Standard
34633 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34634 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34648 \begin_layout Subsection
34652 \begin_layout Standard
34653 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34655 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
34656 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34660 , the table toolbar
34661 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34662 name "Toolbar ! Table"
34666 is explained in the
34673 \begin_layout Chapter
34679 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34680 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34685 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34686 name "Dialogs ! Preferences"
34693 \begin_layout Standard
34694 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34696 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
34699 \begin_layout Section
34703 \begin_layout Subsection
34705 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
34711 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34712 name "User Interface File"
34719 \begin_layout Standard
34720 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34723 \begin_layout Standard
34728 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
34736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34737 User Interface File
34740 \begin_layout Standard
34741 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
34742 interface (ui) file.
34743 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
34744 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
34753 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
34754 files and edit the entries.
34757 \begin_layout Standard
34758 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
34770 entries must be ended with an explicit
34795 and in the case of the
34796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34808 The syntax for the entries is:
34811 \begin_layout Standard
34812 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34836 \begin_layout Standard
34838 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34841 All LyX-functions are listed in
34842 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
34850 \begin_layout Standard
34851 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
34857 \begin_layout Standard
34858 An example: Assuming you use the menu
34860 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34863 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
34867 \begin_layout Standard
34868 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34873 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
34876 \begin_layout Standard
34878 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
34881 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
34884 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34886 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
34894 \begin_layout Standard
34895 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
34896 Several binding files are available:
34899 \begin_layout Description
34900 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
34903 \begin_layout Description
34904 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
34915 \begin_layout Description
34916 mac.bind set of bindings for Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
34920 \begin_layout Standard
34921 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
34925 , and bind files for special languages.
34926 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
34928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34936 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
34940 \begin_layout Standard
34941 Some bind-files, like
34945 , have only a small scope.
34946 When looking at the the end of the file
34950 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
34953 \begin_layout Standard
34954 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
34955 s with a text editor.
34956 The syntax of the entries is:
34959 \begin_layout Standard
34965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34983 \begin_layout Standard
34984 All LyX-functions are listed in
34985 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
34993 \begin_layout Subsubsection
34997 \begin_layout Standard
35000 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35001 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35002 restore window size, or use fixed size
35004 is not checked, you can specify the window size of LyX's main window when
35008 \begin_layout Standard
35011 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35012 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35013 restore window position
35015 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
35018 \begin_layout Standard
35021 Restore cursor positions
35023 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35030 Load opened files from last session
35032 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
35035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35039 \begin_layout Standard
35044 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
35047 \begin_layout Standard
35052 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
35055 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
35066 \begin_layout Standard
35069 Cursor follows scrollbar
35071 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
35075 \begin_layout Subsection
35079 \begin_layout Standard
35080 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
35081 Note that this section only deals with the fonts
35086 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
35089 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35095 \begin_layout Standard
35096 By default, LyX uses
35100 as roman (serif) font,
35108 (depends on the system) as
35124 \begin_layout Standard
35125 You can change the font size with the
35132 \begin_layout Standard
35137 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
35138 The Font Sizes are adjusted as letter height in units of points.
35139 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35140 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35141 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
35143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35144 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
35151 \begin_layout Standard
35156 are the same as if a document font size of 10
35157 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
35161 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
35163 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35164 reference "sub:Document-Font"
35171 \begin_layout Subsection
35175 \begin_layout Standard
35176 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
35177 Choose an item in the list and use the
35184 \begin_layout Subsection
35188 \begin_layout Standard
35189 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
35192 \begin_layout Standard
35197 enables previewing snippets of your document.
35198 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
35200 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35201 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35208 \begin_layout Subsection
35212 \begin_layout Standard
35213 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
35214 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
35216 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
35217 can use the keyboard map file named
35224 \begin_layout Standard
35225 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35228 \begin_layout Standard
35233 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and doesn't work on all systems.
35241 \begin_layout Section
35245 \begin_layout Section
35249 \begin_layout Section
35253 \begin_layout Subsection
35257 \begin_layout Standard
35262 is the language used in new documents.
35263 The Language package should always be babel.
35264 babel translates in the background automatically text labels to the document
35266 A text label is for instance the word
35267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
35271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35274 at the beginning of every table-caption.
35281 is a LaTeX-command to use the package babel.
35282 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, look at section\InsetSpace ~
35284 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35285 reference "sec:ERT"
35292 \begin_layout Standard
35300 \begin_layout Standard
35301 There are also the following options in the menu:
35304 \begin_layout Description
35306 babel whether babel is used or not
35309 \begin_layout Description
35313 \begin_layout Description
35318 \begin_layout Description
35323 \begin_layout Description
35325 foreign\InsetSpace ~
35326 languages text marked formatted in a language different from
35327 the document language will be blue underlined
35330 \begin_layout Description
35334 language\InsetSpace ~
35335 support enables the use of languages, written from right
35336 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi
35339 \begin_layout Subsection
35343 \begin_layout Standard
35344 The spellchecker setting are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
35346 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35347 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
35354 \begin_layout Section
35358 \begin_layout Subsection
35362 \begin_layout Subsection
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35367 %a locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
35370 \begin_layout Standard
35372 %A locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
35375 \begin_layout Standard
35377 %b locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
35380 \begin_layout Standard
35382 %B locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
35385 \begin_layout Standard
35387 %c locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
35390 \begin_layout Standard
35392 %C century (year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) [00-99]
35395 \begin_layout Standard
35397 %d day of month (01..31)
35400 \begin_layout Standard
35405 \begin_layout Standard
35407 %e day of month, blank padded ( 1..31)
35410 \begin_layout Standard
35412 %F same as %Y-%m-%d
35415 \begin_layout Standard
35417 %g the 2-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
35420 \begin_layout Standard
35422 %G the 4-digit year corresponding to the %V week number
35425 \begin_layout Standard
35430 \begin_layout Standard
35435 \begin_layout Standard
35440 \begin_layout Standard
35442 %j day of year (001..366)
35445 \begin_layout Standard
35450 \begin_layout Standard
35455 \begin_layout Standard
35460 \begin_layout Standard
35465 \begin_layout Standard
35470 \begin_layout Standard
35472 %N nanoseconds (000000000..999999999)
35475 \begin_layout Standard
35477 %p locale's upper case AM or PM indicator (blank in many locales)
35480 \begin_layout Standard
35482 %P locale's lower case am or pm indicator (blank in many locales)
35485 \begin_layout Standard
35487 %r time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
35490 \begin_layout Standard
35492 %R time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
35495 \begin_layout Standard
35497 %s seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)
35500 \begin_layout Standard
35502 %S second (00..60); the 60 is necessary to accommodate a leap second
35505 \begin_layout Standard
35507 %t a horizontal tab
35510 \begin_layout Standard
35512 %T time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
35515 \begin_layout Standard
35517 %u day of week (1..7); 1 represents Monday
35520 \begin_layout Standard
35522 %U week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
35525 \begin_layout Standard
35527 %V week number of year with Monday as first day of week (01..53)
35530 \begin_layout Standard
35532 %w day of week (0..6); 0 represents Sunday
35535 \begin_layout Standard
35537 %W week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
35540 \begin_layout Standard
35542 %x locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
35545 \begin_layout Standard
35547 %X locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
35550 \begin_layout Standard
35552 %y last two digits of year (00..99)
35555 \begin_layout Standard
35560 \begin_layout Standard
35562 %z RFC-822 style numeric timezone (-0500) (a nonstandard extension)
35565 \begin_layout Standard
35567 %Z time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
35570 \begin_layout Subsection
35574 \begin_layout Standard
35579 sets maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
35582 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35583 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35587 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
35591 \begin_layout Standard
35592 roff command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII
35597 UNIX-commands (refer to their manpages for more information about them).
35598 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
35601 \begin_layout Subsection
35606 \begin_layout Standard
35616 \begin_layout Subsection
35620 \begin_layout Section
35624 \begin_layout Standard
35625 LyX has a powerful mechanism to convert to and from any file format using
35627 Define a pair of formats, e.g.
35637 Now define a converter from one format to the other.
35638 In our example, two possible mechanisms exist.
35641 \begin_layout Enumerate
35642 A direct conversion, from LaTeX to PDF using pdflatex
35645 \begin_layout Enumerate
35646 A more convoluted route using intermediate formats and converters: LaTeX
35647 to DVI (using latex) to PostScript® (using dvips) to PDF (using ps2pdf).
35650 \begin_layout Standard
35651 LyX will always choose the shortest possible route, so you must specify
35652 two different Format names for
35656 files to be able to use either.
35657 Both are included by default in the
35662 Have a look and then invent your own!
35665 \begin_layout Standard
35666 Moreover, each Format can have a Viewer associated with it.
35667 For example, you might want to use
35671 to examine PostScript files, or
35675 to preview the LaTeX output.
35676 You can alter the viewer to use (and what options to pass to it) via the
35679 Tols\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35680 Preferences:Converters
35683 For example, to change the
35691 format in the dialog, change the viewer to be
35695 (or whatever), and hit
35702 \begin_layout Section
35706 \begin_layout Section
35710 \begin_layout Section
35711 BibTeX and makeindex
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 Both the bibliography generating command (default
35719 ) and the index generating command (default
35732 As an alternative for
35740 can be recommended.
35744 \begin_layout Standard
35745 The command to enter is
35748 \begin_layout Quote
35751 makeindex.sh -m $$lang
35754 \begin_layout Standard
35755 where the placeholder
35759 will be replaced by the chosen document (babel) language.
35763 \begin_layout Standard
35764 have installed the packages
35781 at a shell prompt for a help page.
35784 \begin_layout Chapter
35785 Units available in LyX
35786 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
35792 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35793 name "cha:Units-available-in"
35800 \begin_layout Standard
35801 To understand the units described in this documentation,
35802 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
35803 reference "cap:Units"
35807 explains all units available in LyX.
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 \begin_inset Float table
35817 \begin_layout Standard
35818 \begin_inset Caption
35820 \begin_layout Standard
35821 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
35834 \begin_layout Standard
35835 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
35841 \begin_layout Standard
35843 \begin_inset Tabular
35844 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
35846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
35847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
35848 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
35849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35852 \begin_layout Standard
35858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35868 <row topline="true">
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Standard
35878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35881 \begin_layout Standard
35888 <row topline="true">
35889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35892 \begin_layout Standard
35898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35901 \begin_layout Standard
35908 <row topline="true">
35909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35912 \begin_layout Standard
35918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35921 \begin_layout Standard
35928 <row topline="true">
35929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35932 \begin_layout Standard
35938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35941 \begin_layout Standard
35942 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35943 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35950 <row topline="true">
35951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35963 \begin_layout Standard
35964 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35965 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35972 <row topline="true">
35973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35976 \begin_layout Standard
35982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35985 \begin_layout Standard
35986 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35987 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35994 <row topline="true">
35995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35998 \begin_layout Standard
36004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36007 \begin_layout Standard
36008 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36009 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36016 <row topline="true">
36017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36020 \begin_layout Standard
36026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36029 \begin_layout Standard
36030 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36032 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
36035 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36042 <row topline="true">
36043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36046 \begin_layout Standard
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Standard
36056 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36057 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36064 <row topline="true">
36065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36068 \begin_layout Standard
36074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36077 \begin_layout Standard
36078 % of original image width
36084 <row topline="true">
36085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36088 \begin_layout Standard
36094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36097 \begin_layout Standard
36104 <row topline="true">
36105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36108 \begin_layout Standard
36114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36117 \begin_layout Standard
36124 <row topline="true">
36125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36128 \begin_layout Standard
36134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36137 \begin_layout Standard
36144 <row topline="true">
36145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36148 \begin_layout Standard
36154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36164 <row topline="true">
36165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36168 \begin_layout Standard
36174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36177 \begin_layout Standard
36184 <row topline="true">
36185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36188 \begin_layout Standard
36194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36197 \begin_layout Standard
36204 <row topline="true">
36205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36208 \begin_layout Standard
36214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36217 \begin_layout Standard
36228 <row topline="true">
36229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36232 \begin_layout Standard
36238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36241 \begin_layout Standard
36252 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
36253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36256 \begin_layout Standard
36262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36265 \begin_layout Standard
36266 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36267 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
36286 \begin_layout Chapter
36288 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
36296 \begin_layout Standard
36297 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
36298 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
36301 \begin_layout Itemize
36304 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
36307 \begin_layout Itemize
36313 \begin_layout Itemize
36319 \begin_layout Itemize
36325 \begin_layout Itemize
36331 \begin_layout Itemize
36337 \begin_layout Itemize
36343 \begin_layout Itemize
36349 \begin_layout Itemize
36352 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
36355 \begin_layout Itemize
36361 \begin_layout Itemize
36367 \begin_layout Itemize
36373 \begin_layout Itemize
36379 \begin_layout Itemize
36385 \begin_layout Itemize
36391 \begin_layout Itemize
36397 \begin_layout Itemize
36403 \begin_layout Itemize
36405 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
36413 \begin_layout Standard
36416 Bibliography created with the
36423 \begin_layout Bibliography
36424 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36438 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
36448 \begin_inset Note Note
36451 \begin_layout Standard
36458 is explained in the
36463 It creates a TOC entry.
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
36468 two different ones in one document.
36477 \begin_layout Standard
36481 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
36490 \begin_layout Standard
36498 \begin_inset Note Note
36501 \begin_layout Standard
36508 is explained in the
36513 It creates a hyperlink.
36521 \begin_layout Bibliography
36522 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36523 key "latexcompanion"
36527 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
36529 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
36532 Addison-Wesley, 2004
36535 \begin_layout Bibliography
36536 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36541 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
36544 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
36547 Addison-Wesley, 2003
36550 \begin_layout Bibliography
36551 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36558 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
36561 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
36564 \begin_layout Bibliography
36565 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36577 Addison-Wesley, 1984
36580 \begin_layout Bibliography
36581 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36589 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36590 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html"
36597 \begin_layout Bibliography
36598 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36604 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
36606 target "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html"
36613 \begin_layout Bibliography
36614 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36623 \begin_layout Standard
36627 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
36637 \begin_layout Standard
36644 of the LaTeX-package
36649 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36650 name "LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr"
36657 \begin_layout Bibliography
36658 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36667 \begin_layout Standard
36671 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36688 of the LaTeX-package
36693 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36694 name "LaTeX-packages ! floatflt"
36701 \begin_layout Bibliography
36702 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36711 \begin_layout Standard
36715 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
36724 \begin_layout Standard
36731 of the LaTeX-package
36736 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36737 name "LaTeX-packages ! nomencl"
36744 \begin_layout Bibliography
36745 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36754 \begin_layout Standard
36758 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
36767 \begin_layout Standard
36774 of the LaTeX-package
36779 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
36780 name "LaTeX-packages ! tipa"
36787 \begin_layout Bibliography
36788 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36797 \begin_layout Standard
36801 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
36810 \begin_layout Standard
36817 how to set up LyX for Arabic
36820 \begin_layout Bibliography
36821 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36830 \begin_layout Standard
36834 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36850 how to set up LyX for Armenian
36853 \begin_layout Bibliography
36854 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36863 \begin_layout Standard
36867 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
36876 \begin_layout Standard
36883 how to set up LyX for Farsi
36886 \begin_layout Bibliography
36887 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36896 \begin_layout Standard
36900 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
36909 \begin_layout Standard
36916 how to set up LyX for Hebrew
36919 \begin_layout Bibliography
36920 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
36929 \begin_layout Standard
36933 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList1-5-1}{
36942 \begin_layout Standard
36949 with a list of all available LyX-functions
36952 \begin_layout Standard
36955 Bibliography created from a BibTeX-database:
36956 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibtex
36957 options "biblio/alphadin"
36958 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
36966 \begin_layout Standard
36970 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
36980 \begin_inset Note Note
36983 \begin_layout Standard
36990 is explained in the
36995 It creates a TOC entry.
36998 \begin_layout Standard
36999 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
37000 two different ones in one document.
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37011 \begin_inset LatexCommand printnomenclature
37016 \begin_inset LatexCommand printindex